Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as inhibitors of thrombin

ABSTRACT

There are provided inter alia multisubstituted aromatic compounds useful for the inhibition of thrombin, which compounds include substituted pyrazolyl or substituted triazolyl. There are additionally provided pharmaceutical compositions. There are additionally provided methods of treating and preventing a disease or disorder, which disease or disorder is amenable to treatment or prevention by the inhibition of thrombin.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/630,201, filed on Sep. 28, 2012, which is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/US2011/030585, filed on Mar. 30, 2011, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/319,175, filed Mar. 30, 2010, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties and for all purposes.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The present disclosure relates to compounds, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, which exhibit biological activity, e.g., inhibitory action, against thrombin (activated blood-coagulation factor II; EC 3.4.21.5).

In mammalian systems, blood vessel injuries result in bleeding events, which are dealt with by the blood coagulation cascade. The cascade includes the Extrinsic and Intrinsic pathways, involving the activation of at least 13 interconnected factors and a variety of co-factors and other regulatory proteins. Upon vascular injury, plasma factor VII interacts with exposed Tissue Factor (TF), and the resultant TF-fVIIa complex initiates a complex series of events. Factor fXa is produced directly ‘downstream’ from the TF-fVIIa complex, and amplified manifold via the Intrinsic Pathway. FXa then serves as the catalyst for formation of thrombin (fIIa), which in turn is the direct precursor to fibrinolysis. The outcome is a fibrinolytic clot, which stops the bleeding. Fibrinolysis of the polymeric clot into fibrin monomers leads to dissolution and a return of the system to the pre-clot state. The cascade is a complex balance of factors and co-factors and is tightly regulated.

In disease states, undesired up- or down-regulation of any factor leads to conditions such as bleeding or thrombosis. Historically, anticoagulants have been used in patients at risk of suffering from thrombotic complications, such as angina, stroke and heart attack. Warfarin has enjoyed dominance as a first-in-line anticoagulant therapeutic. Developed in the 1940s, it is a Vitamin K antagonist and inhibits factors II, VII, IX and X, amongst others. It is administered orally, but its ease of use is tempered by other effects: it has a very long half life (>2 days) and has serious drug-drug interactions. Importantly, since Vitamin K is a ubiquitous cofactor within the coagulation cascade, antagonism results in the simultaneous inhibition of many clotting factors and thus can lead to significant bleeding complications.

Much attention has been focused on heparin, the naturally-occurring polysaccharide that activates AT III, the endogenous inhibitor of many of the factors in the coagulation cascade. The need for parenteral administration for the heparin-derived therapeutics, and the inconvenient requirements for close supervision for the orally available warfarin, has resulted in a drive to discover and develop orally available drugs with wide therapeutic windows for safety and efficacy.

Indeed, the position of thrombin in the coagulation cascade has made it a popular target for drug discovery. Thrombin is a central protein in the coagulation process, which is activated and amplified upon vascular injury. Thrombin generation prompts a cascade in various factors in the coagulation cascade, ultimately depositing fibrin, the framework for a clot. The clot causes cessation of the bleeding event accompanying the vascular injury. Thrombin and associated protein ultimately cause dissolution of the clot through ‘fibrinolysis’, returning the system back to the pre-injury state. In a ‘normal’ state of injury, this thrombin generation and clot deposition is desired. In a disease state, clot deposition is undesired. General thrombotic events are the clinical result of clot deposition and accumulation in the arteries, veins or within the heart. Eventual break-off of the accumulated clot structure into the vascular system can cause the clot to travel to the brain and/or lungs, resulting in a stroke, myocardial infarction (heart attack), pulmonary embolism, paralysis and consequent death. Compounds that inhibit thrombin have been shown in the literature to be useful as anticoagulants in vitro and in vivo, and such compounds can fulfill a critically unmet medical need for patients in the clinic.

A thorough discussion of thrombin and its roles in the coagulation process can be found in a variety of references, including the following which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties and for all purposes: Wieland, H. A., et al., 2003, Curr Opin Investig Drugs, 4:264-71; Gross, P. L. & Weitz, J. I., 2008, Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 28:380-6; Hirsh, J., et al., 2005, Blood, 105:453-63; Prezelj, A., et al., 2007, Curr Pharm Des, 13:287-312. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that the ultimate development of direct thrombin inhibitors (DTIs) is usefully based upon the classical D-Phe-Pro-Arg motif, a sequence that mimics fibrinogen, which is a natural substrate of thrombin. Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that the use of DTIs is very well precedented, such as with the hirudin-based anticoagulants, and thus there is strong interest in the discovery and development of novel DTIs, particularly those with selectivity for inhibiting thrombin over other related serine proteases.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In a first aspect, there is provided a compound with structure of Formula (Ia)

or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof. Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, or substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl. L¹, L² and L³ are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—. L⁴ is absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—. R¹, R² and R³ are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R⁴ is absent, hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, provided that when L⁴ is absent, then R⁴ is absent. R⁵ is independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. It has been discovered that compounds described herein are useful for the inhibition of thrombin.

In another aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The compound is a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), or (VI) as disclosed herein, or a compound as set forth in any of Tables A, B or C herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof.

In yet another aspect, there is provided a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject. The method includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), or (VI) as disclosed herein, compound as set forth in any of Tables A, B or C herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the disease or disorder.

In still another aspect, there is provided a method for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject. The method includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), or (VI) as disclosed herein, compound as set forth in any of Tables A, B or C herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent the disease or disorder.

Embodiments of the invention encompass methods for treating and/or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject, comprising administering a compound to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat or prevent said disease or disorder, wherein the compound has the following formula:

or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof; wherein ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, or substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl; L¹, L² and L³ are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; L⁴ is absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; R¹; R² and R³ are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R⁴ is absent, hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, provided that when L⁴ is absent, then R⁴ is absent; and R⁵ is independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.

In some embodiments of the methods, the compound can have the following formula:

wherein L¹ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; L² is a bond; L³ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; L⁴ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, P, Si, and S, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl has a substituent group selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, oxo, halogen, —COOH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R² is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted fused ring aryl, or substituted heteroaryl has a substituent group selected from the group consisting of oxo, —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, halogen, —COOH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl; R³ is substituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and R⁵ is independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.

In some embodiments of the methods, the disease or disorder can be a thrombotic disorder and/or can involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.

In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder can include acute coronary syndrome, thromboembolism, and/or thrombosis. In some embodiments, the thromboembolism can include venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism, and/or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the venous thromboembolism can include deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism. In some embodiments, the deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism can occur following a medical procedure.

In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder can involve dysfunctional coagulation or disseminated intravascular coagulation. In some embodiments, the subject can be undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI).

In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder can involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and can further involve stroke and/or one or more transient ischemic attacks (TIA). In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder involving a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus can further involves stroke and wherein the subject can have non-valvular atrial fibrillation.

In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder can involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and can further involve pulmonary hypertension. In some embodiments, the pulmonary hypertension can be caused by one or more left heart disorder and/or chronic thromboembolic disease. In some embodiments, the pulmonary hypertension can be associated with one or more lung disease, including pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic or otherwise), and/or hypoxia.

In some embodiments of the methods, the disease or disorder can include fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, cancer, inflammation, and/or Type I diabetes mellitus.

In some embodiments of the methods, the disease or disorder can involve recurrent cardiac events after myocardial infarction.

In some embodiments, the venous thromboembolism can be associated with formation of a thrombus within a vein associated with one or more acquired or inherited risk factors and/or embolism of peripheral veins caused by a detached thrombus. In some embodiments, the one or more risk factors can include a previous venous thromboembolism.

In some embodiments, the cardiogenic thromboembolism can be due to formation of a thrombus in the heart associated with cardiac arrhythmia, heart valve defect, prosthetic heart valves or heart disease, and/or embolism of peripheral arteries caused by a detached thrombus. In some embodiments, the detached thrombus can be in the brain (ischemic stroke). In some embodiments, the detached thrombus can cause a transient ischemic attack (TIA). In some embodiments, the cardiogenic thromboembolism can be due to non-valvular atrial fibrillation.

In some embodiments, the thrombosis can be arterial thrombosis. In some embodiments, the arterial thrombosis can be due to one or more underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries. In some embodiments, the one or more underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries can obstruct or occlude an artery, cause myocardial ischemia (angina pectoris, acute coronary syndrome), cause myocardial infarction, obstruct or occlude a peripheral artery (ischemic peripheral artery disease), and/or obstruct or occlude the artery after a procedure on a blood vessel (reocclusion or restenosis after transluminal coronary angioplasty, reocclusion or restenosis after percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of peripheral arteries).

In some embodiments, the treatment or prevention can include an adjunct therapy. In some embodiments, the subject can have myocardial infarction, and the adjunct therapy can be in conjunction with thrombolytic therapy. In some embodiments, the subject can have unstable angina pectoris, thrombosis, and/or heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, and the adjunct therapy can be in combination with antiplatelet therapy. In some embodiments, the subject can have non-valvular atrial fibrillation, and the adjunct therapy can be in conjunction with other therapies.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

Not applicable.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Definitions

The abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning within the chemical and biological arts. The chemical structures and formulae set forth herein are constructed according to the standard rules of chemical valency known in the chemical arts.

Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH₂O— is equivalent to —OCH₂—.

As used herein, the term “attached” signifies a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.

The terms “halogen” or “halo” include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term “halo(C₁-C₄)alkyl” includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.

The term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C₁-C₁₀ means one to ten carbons). Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (Pr, including n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (Bu, including n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl), (cyclohexyl)methyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, and the like, including homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and so forth, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. Accordingly, the term “alkyl” can refer to C₁-C₁₆ straight chain saturated, C₁-C₁₆ branched saturated, C₃-C₈ cyclic saturated, C₃-C₈ cyclic unsaturated, and C₁-C₁₆ straight chain or branched saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C₃-C₈ cyclic saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, and the like. Examples of cyclic alkyl groups include but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and the like.

The term “alkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, as defined above and as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—, and the like. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the compounds disclosed herein. A “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.

The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N, P, S, and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. The heteroalkyl group can be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of atoms designated. Accordingly, the term “heteroalkyl” can refer to saturated or unsaturated straight or branched chains containing two through 16 atoms along the chain, cyclic saturated or unsaturated groups containing 3-8 atoms in the cycle, and the like. Examples include, but are not limited to: —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂—NH—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂—N(CH₃)—CH₃, CH₂—S—CH₂—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂, —S(O)—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂—S(O)₂—CH₃, —CH═CH—O—CH₃, —Si(CH₃)₃, —CH₂—CH═N—OCH₃, —CH═CH—N(CH₃)—CH₃, —O—CH₃, —O—CH—₂—CH₃, —CN, and the like. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH₂—NH—OCH₃.

Similarly, the term “heteroalkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as defined above and as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH₂—CH₂—S—CH₂—CH₂— and —CH₂—S—CH₂—CH₂—NH—CH₂—, and the like. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, the formula —C(O)₂R′— represents both —C(O)₂R′— and —R′C(O)₂—. As described above, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R″, —OR′, —SR′, and/or —SO₂R′. Where “heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R″ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like.

The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or in combination with other terms, mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. The “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl” groups include, for example, monocyclic rings having 3-8 ring members, as well as bicyclic rings having 4-16 ring members, tricyclic rings having 5-24 ring members, and so on. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. A “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.

The term “alkenyl” includes C₂-C₁₆ straight chain unsaturated, C₂-C₁₁ branched unsaturated, C₅-C₈ unsaturated cyclic, and C₂-C₁₆ straight chain or branched unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C₃-C₈ cyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. Double bonds may occur in any stable point along the chain and the carbon-carbon double bonds may have either the cis or trans configuration. For example, this definition shall include but is not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, 1,5-octadienyl, 1,4,7-nonatrienyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, ethylcyclohexenyl, butenylcyclopentyl, 1-pentenyl-3-cyclohexenyl, and the like. Similarly, “heteroalkenyl” refers to heteroalkyl having one or more double bonds, wherein heteroalkyl is as defined above.

The term “alkynyl” refers in the customary sense to alkyl, as defined above, additionally having one or more triple bonds. The term “cycloalkenyl” refers to cycloalkyl, as defined above, additionally having one or more double bonds. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” refers to heterocycloalkyl additionally having one or more double bonds.

The term “acyl” means, unless otherwise stated, —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.

The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently, wherein each ring contains between 4-20 atoms, and preferably between 5-10 atoms. A fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings), as defined above, that contain from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring). A 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Likewise, a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. And a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl, and the like. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. An “arylene” and a “heteroarylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, mean a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively. Accordingly, the term “aryl” can represent an unsubstituted, mono-, di- or trisubstituted monocyclic, polycyclic, biaryl and heterocyclic aromatic groups covalently attached at any ring position capable of forming a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those skilled in the art (e. g. 3-indolyl, 4-imidazolyl). The aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, C₁₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₁₋₁₆alkyl, C₀₋₁₆alkyloxyC₀₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₀₋₁₆alkyloxyC₀₋₁₆alkyl, C₀₋₁₆alkylthioC₀₋₁₆ alkyl, arylC₀₋₁₆alkylthioC₀₋₁₆alkyl, C₀₋₁₆alkylaminoC₀₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₀₋₁₆alkylaminoC₀₋₁₆ alkyl, di(arylC₁₋₁₆alkyl)aminoC₀₋₁₆alkyl, C₁₋₁₆alkylcarbonylC₀₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₁₋₁₆alkylcarbonylC₀₋₁₆alkyl, C₁₋₁₆alkylcarboxyC₀₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₁₋₁₆alkylcarboxyC₀₋₁₆alkyl, C₁₋₁₆alkylcarbonylaminoC₀₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₁₋₁₆alkylcarbonylaminoC₀₋₁₆alkyl, —C₀₋₁₆alkylCOOR₄, —C₀₋₁₆alkylCONR₅R₆ wherein R₄, R₅ and R₆ are independently selected from hydrogen, C₁-C₁₁alkyl, arylC₀-C₁₁alkyl, or R₅ and R₆ are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with or without one C₁₋₁₆alkyl, arylC₀-C₁₆alkyl, or C₀-C₁₆alkylaryl substituent. Aryl includes but is not limited to pyrazolyl and triazolyl.

For brevity, the term “aryl” when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the terms “arylalkyl,” “aralkyl” and the like are meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like), or a sulfur atom. Accordingly, the terms “arylalkyl” and the like (e.g. (4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl, (2-aminonaphthyl)hexyl, pyridylcyclopentyl) represents an aryl group as defined above attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.

Each of the above terms (e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “aryl,” and “heteroaryl”) includes both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided herein.

Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to, —OR′, ═O, ═NR′, ═N—OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R, —C(O)R′, —CO₂R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)₂R′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″″, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)₂NR′R″, —NRSO₂R′, —CN, and —NO₂ in a number ranging from zero to (2m′+1), where m′ is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. When a compound disclosed herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ group when more than one of these groups is present. When R′ and R″ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, —NR′R″ includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term “alkyl” is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF₃ and —CH₂CF₃) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CF₃, —C(O)CH₂OCH₃, and the like).

Similar to the substituents described for the alkyl radical, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R, —C(O)R′, —CO₂R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)₂R′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″″, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)₂NR′R″, —NRSO₂R′, —CN, —NO₂, —R′, —N₃, —CH(Ph)₂, fluoro(C₁-C₄)alkoxy, and fluoro(C₁-C₄)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. When a compound disclosed herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ groups when more than one of these groups is present.

Two or more substituents may optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups. Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure. In one embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure. In another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure. In yet another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to non-adjacent members of the base structure.

Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′)_(q)—U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′—, or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH₂)_(r)—B—, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)₂NR′—, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′)_(s)—X′—(C″R′″)_(d)—, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂NR′—. The substituents R, R′, R″, and R′″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.

As used herein, the terms “heteroatom” or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).

The term “alkyloxy” (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, allyloxy, cyclohexyloxy) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge (—O—).

The term “alkylthio” (e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, cyclohexylthio and the like) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a sulfur bridge (—S—).

The term “alkylamino” represents one or two alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an amine bridge. The two alkyl groups can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with or without one C₁-C₁₆alkyl, arylC₀-C₁₆alkyl, or C₀-C₁₆alkylaryl substituent.

The term “alkylaminoalkyl” represents an alkylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.

The term “alkyloxy(alkyl)amino” (e.g. methoxy(methyl)amine, ethoxy(propyl)amine) represents an alkyloxy group as defined above attached through an amino group, the amino group itself having an alkyl substituent.

The term “alkylcarbonyl” (e.g. cyclooctylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, 3-hexylcarbonyl) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a carbonyl group.

The term “alkylcarboxy” (e.g. heptylcarboxy, cyclopropylcarboxy, 3-pentenylcarboxy) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through an oxygen.

The term “alkylcarboxyalkyl” represents an alkylcarboxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.

The term “alkylcarbonylamino” (e.g. hexylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylcarbonylaminomethyl, methylcarbonylaminophenyl) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through the nitrogen atom of an amino group.

The nitrogen group may itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group.

The term “oxo,” as used herein, means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.

The term “alkylsulfonyl,” as used herein, means a moiety having the formula —S(O₂)—R′, where R′ is an alkyl group as defined above. R′ may have a specified number of carbons (e.g., “C₁-C₄ alkylsulfonyl”).

The term “carbonyloxy” represents a carbonyl group attached through an oxygen bridge.

In the above definitions, the terms “alkyl” and “alkenyl” may be used interchangeably in so far as a stable chemical entity is formed, as would be apparent to those skilled in the art.

The terms “linker,” “linking moiety” and the like refer to attachment groups, e.g., L¹, L², L³ and L⁴ described herein. The linkers are interposed between substituents, e.g., R¹, R², R³ or R⁴ described herein which are generically referred to as below, and the group which is substituted, e.g., “ring A” in Formula (Ia). In some embodiments, the linker includes amido (—CONH—R^(n) or —NHCO—R^(n)), thioamido (—CSNH—R^(n) or —NHCS—R^(n)), carboxyl (—CO₂—R^(n) or —OCOR^(n)), carbonyl (—CO—R^(n)), urea (—NHCONH—R^(n)), thiourea (—NHCSNH—R^(n)), sulfonamido (—NHSO₂—R^(n) or —SO₂NH—R^(n)), ether (—O—R^(n)), sulfonyl (—SO₂—R^(n)), sulfoxyl (—SO—R^(n)), carbamoyl (—NHCO₂—R^(n) or —OCONH—R^(n)), or amino (—NHR^(n)) linking moieties.

A “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:

-   -   (A) —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, oxo, halogen, —COOH,         unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted         cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl,         unsubstituted heteroaryl, and     -   (B) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and         heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected         from:         -   (i) oxo, —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, halogen, —COOH,             unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl,             unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl,             unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and         -   (ii) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl,             and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent             selected from:             -   (a) oxo, —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, halogen,                 —COOH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl,                 unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted                 heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted                 heteroaryl, and             -   (b) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,                 aryl, or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one                 substituent selected from: oxo, —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN,                 —CF₃, —NO₂, halogen, —COOH, unsubstituted alkyl,                 unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl,                 unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, and                 unsubstituted heteroaryl.

A “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₄-C₈ cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.

A “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₅-C₇ cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.

The term “about” used in the context of a numeric value indicates a range of +/−10% of the numeric value, unless expressly indicated otherwise.

II. Compounds

In one aspect, there is provided a compound with structure of Formula (Ia):

or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof. Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, or substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl. L¹, L² and L³ are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—. L⁴ is absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—. R¹, R² and R³ are independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted, unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl. R⁴ is absent, hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, provided that when L⁴ is absent, then R⁴ is absent. R⁵ is independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug of a compound of Formula (Ia). In some embodiments, the compound is not an ester, not a solvate, and not a prodrug.

In some embodiments, L⁴ and R⁴ are absent, providing a compound with structure of Formula (Ib) following.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (Ib) with structures of either of Formulae (IIa) or (IIb) following.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L³ is a bond, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the pendant heteroaryl R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, the R³ is unsubstituted pyridyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R³ is unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted aryl, preferably halogen-substituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, a compound is provided with structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L³ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L³ is —C(O)O—, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, preferably unsubstituted alkyl, more preferably unsubstituted lower alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L³ is —C(O)NR⁵—, R⁵ is hydrogen or alkyl, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.

Further to any embodiment above, in some embodiments L¹ is —S—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R¹ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, L¹ is —NC(O)—. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R³ is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, L² is a bond. In some embodiments, L² is a bond and R² is hydrogen.

Further to any embodiment above, in some embodiments L² is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R² is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (IIa) has the structure of Formula (IIc) following, wherein L¹ is —NH—(CH₂)_(n)—, n is 0 to 6, preferably 1, and R¹ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (IIc), L¹ is —NHCH₂— or —NH(CH₂)₂—, and R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R¹ is aryl, preferably phenyl, substituted with halogen, —CN or alkyloxy, preferably methoxy. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted alkyl, preferably lower alkyl, more preferably methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, n is 0, and R¹ is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (IIa) has the structure of Formula (IId) following, wherein L¹ is a bond, and R¹ is unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted alkyl, preferably lower alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted aryl, preferably halogen-substituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound with structure of Formula (IIb). In some embodiments, L² is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L² is a bond, and R² is alkyl, preferably lower alkyl. In some embodiments, L² is a substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L² is an unsubstituted alkylene, preferably methylene or ethylene. In some embodiments, L² is an unsubstituted alkylene, and R2 is unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (Ib) with structure of either of Formulae (IIIa), (IIIb), or (IIIc) following.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIa). In some embodiments, L³ is a bond or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R³ is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloheptyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxolanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIa) wherein L³ is —C(O)O—, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIa) wherein L³ is —C(O)NR⁶, R⁶ is hydrogen or alkyl, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIa), in some embodiments, L¹ is —S—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R¹ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments is an R¹ is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted naphthyl.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIc), in some embodiments L² is bond, —S—, —O—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, L² is —C(O)—. In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, L² is a bond. In some embodiments, L² is unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L² is substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L² is a bond and R² is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted aryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted naphthyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIb). In some embodiments, L² is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—. In some embodiments, L² is a bond. In some embodiments, L² is unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L² is substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. Further to any particular L², in some embodiments R² is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted aryl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIc). In some embodiments, L³ is a bond or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R³ is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloheptyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxolanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIc) wherein L³ is —C(O)O—, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIc) wherein L³ is —C(O)NR⁶, R⁶ is hydrogen or alkyl, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIc), in some embodiments L¹ is —S—, —O—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R⁵ is as described in formula Ia, and R¹ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments is an R¹ is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted naphthyl.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIIc), in some embodiments L² is bond, —S—, —O—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, L² is —C(O)—. In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, L² is a bond. In some embodiments, L² is a bond and R² is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted aryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted naphthyl.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (Ib) with structure of Formulae (IV) following.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according with Formula (IV) wherein L³ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, L³ is a bond, —NH—, —NHCH₂— or —NH(CH₂)₂—.

Further to any embodiment of a compound with structure of Formula (IV), in some embodiments, L¹ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —C(O)—, —C(O)—NR⁶—. In some embodiments, R¹ is hydrogen, —COOH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R⁶ is hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (Ia) with structure of Formulae (Va), (Vb), or (Vc) following.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to any of Formulae (Va), (Vb), or (Vc) wherein L⁴ is a bond; and R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R⁴ is halogen. In some embodiments, R⁴ is unsubstituted alkyl. Further to any embodiment wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (Va), (Vb), or (Vc), in some embodiments L³ is a bond or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloheptyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxolanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formulae (Va), (Vb), or (Vc), in some embodiments L¹ is —S—, —O—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R⁵ is as described in formula Ia, and R¹ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments is an R¹ is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, L² and R² are absent. In some embodiments, L² is a bond. In some embodiments, L² is a bond and R² is hydrogen.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formulae (Va) or (Vb), in some embodiments L² is bond, —S—, —O—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, L² is —C(O)—, to give the structure of Formula (Vc). In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments is an R² is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted naphthyl.

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (V) with structure of Formula (VI) following:

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (VI) wherein L⁴ is a bond; and R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R⁴ is halogen. In some embodiments, R⁴ is unsubstituted alkyl. Further to any embodiment wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (VI), in some embodiments L³ is a bond or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloheptyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexenyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxolanyl. In some embodiments, R³ is substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (VI), in some embodiments L¹ is —S—, —O—, —NR⁵—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R⁵ is as described in formula Ia, and R¹ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments is an R¹ is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, L² and R² are absent. In some embodiments, L² is a bond. In some embodiments, L² is a bond and R² is hydrogen.

Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (VI), in some embodiments, L² is bond, and R² is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments is an R² is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R² is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R² is unsubstituted naphthyl.

Exemplary compounds, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, in accordance with the present disclosure are provided herein. In Table A following, compound (Cmpd) number, chemical name (i.e., International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry [IUPAC] name), molecular weight (MW_(calc) calculated mass and MW_(meas) measured mass) and biological activity (i.e., inhibition activity in a thrombin assay) are disclosed.

Regarding experimental molecular weights obtained by mass spectrometric analysis as described herein including Table A, unless indicated otherwise it is understood that the measured chemical species can be the protonated compound, e.g., [M+H]⁺, whereby the measured mass is 1 atomic unit greater than the calculated mass of the compound, as well known in the art.

For Table A following, the disclosed compounds were assayed for inhibition of the protease activity of thrombin as described herein. In Table A, the level of inhibition in the thrombin assay is indicated as follows: a: IC₅₀≦0.1 μM; b: 0.1 μM<IC₅₀<1 μM; c: IC₅₀≧1 μM. Accordingly, in some embodiments, there is provided a compound as expressly set forth in Table A following.

TABLE A Cmpd Thrombin No. IUPAC name MW_(calc) MW_(meas) Activity 4 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4- 269 270 c triazol-5-amine 5 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 251 252 c 6 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- 269 270 c triazol-5-amine 7 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 325 326 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 9 1-(5-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 325 326 b 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 10 4-([1-propanoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- 332 333 c yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 11 N-benzyl-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 345 346 a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 12 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 383 384 a 1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1-one 13 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1- 379 380 a [(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 14 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4- 373 374 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 15 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1- 379 380 a [(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 16 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 365 366 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 17 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(morpholin-4- 382 383 c yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 18 N-(2-fluorophenyl)-5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino- 406 407 c 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 19 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-methyl-3-(pyridin- 326 327 c 3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 20 methyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3- 327 328 b yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 21 2-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 387 388 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-1-phenylethan-1-one 22 1-5-[(2-phenylethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4- 321 322 c triazol-1-ylpropan-1-one 23 1-(5-[2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 330 331 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 24 1-[5-(dimethylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4- 245 246 c triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 26 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(2- 392 393 a methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 27 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2- 408 409 b methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazol-5-amine 28 3-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]sulfanyl-1-[(2- 420 421 a methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3- yl)pyridine 29 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-5-(methylsulfanyl)-3- 331 332 a (thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole 30 methyl 5-(benzylamino)-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]- 371 371, 373 a 1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate 32 methyl 5-amino-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-1H- 281 281, 283 a 1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate 33 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 386 387 a (pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 34 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 386 387 a (pyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 35 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 386 387 a (pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 36 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-phenyl-1H- 351 352 c pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 37 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 352 353 c 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 38 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-4-methyl-3- 365 366 c phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 39 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 352 353 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 40 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 324 325 b 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 41 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4- 407 407, 409 b fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5- amine 42 1-(2-chlorophenyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5- 271 271, 273 c amine 43 N-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5- 393 393, 395 c yl]-4-fluorobenzamide 44 1-(2-chlorophenyl)-N,N-bis [(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]- 487 487, 489 c 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 45 1-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3- 379 379, 381 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 46 ethyl 3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-(pyridin-2- 340 341 c yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate 47 3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 312 313 c pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid 48 3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-methoxy-N- 355 356 c methyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide 49 3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N,N-dimethyl-1- 339 340 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide 50 1-(3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-(pyridin-2-yl)- 324 325 c 1H-pyrazol-4-yl)propan-1-one 51 ethyl 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 339 340 c pyrazole-5-carboxylate 52 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 311 312 c pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid 53 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N-methoxy-N-methyl-3- 354 355 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide 54 2-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-5-[(piperidin-1- 378 379 c yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-ylpyridine 55 1-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 325 326 c pyrazol-5-ylpropan-1-ol 56 1-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 323 324 c pyrazol-5-ylpropan-1-one 57 ethyl 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-5-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 339 340 c pyrazole-3-carboxylate 58 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-5-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 311 312 c pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid 59 2-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-[(piperidin-1- 378 379 c yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-ylpyridine 60 1-(3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-(pyridin-2-yl)- 310 311 c 1H-pyrazol-4-yl)ethan-1-one 61 1-(3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-phenyl-1H- 309 310 c pyrazol-4-yl)ethan-1-one 62 1-(3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-phenyl-1H- 323 324 c pyrazol-4-yl)propan-1-one 63 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(furan-2-yl)- 314 315 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 64 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 353 354 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 65 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 339 340 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-1-one 66 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 387 388 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-phenylethan-1-one 67 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 353 354 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-methylbutan-1-one 68 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 401 402 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one 69 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 339 340 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)butan-1-one 70 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 325 326 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 71 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 353 354 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 72 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 367 368 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-one 73 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 325 326 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-one 74 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 324 325 c 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 75 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 353 354 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 76 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 339 340 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-1-one 77 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 387 388 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-phenylethan-1-one 78 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 353 354 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-methylbutan-1-one 79 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 401 402 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one 80 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 339 340 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)butan-1-one 81 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4-yl)- 325 326 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 82 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(thiophen-2-yl)- 358 359 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 83 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(thiophen-2-yl)- 330 331 b 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 84 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-phenyl-1H- 323 324 c pyrazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 85 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-4-methyl-3- 337 338 c phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 86 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]sulfanyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- 342 343 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 87 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 365 366 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 88 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 351 352 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-1-one 89 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 399 400 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-phenylethan-1-one 90 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 365 366 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-methylbutan-1-one 91 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 413 414 b yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one 92 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 351 352 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)butan-1-one 93 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-2- 337 338 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 94 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3- 365 366 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 95 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 351 352 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-1-one 96 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 399 400 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-phenylethan-1-one 97 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 365 366 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-methylbutan-1-one 98 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 413 414 c yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one 99 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 351 352 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)butan-1-one 100 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-4- 337 338 b yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 101 1-[(2,2-difluoro-2H-1,3-benzodioxol-4-yl)carbonyl]-N- 452 453 c [(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 102 1-[(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-5-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4- 430 431 a fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 103 1-[(2-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3- 416 417 c (2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 104 1-[(2-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3- 400 401 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 105 1-[(2-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3- 399 400 b (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 106 1-[(2-amino-4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3-(2- 400 401 c fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 107 1-[(2-amino-4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3- 384 385 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 108 1-[(2-amino-4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3- 383 384 b (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 109 1-[(2-aminophenyl)carbonyl]-N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2- 370 371 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 110 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-5-(methylsulfanyl)-3- 336 336, 338 a (thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole 111 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4- 408 408, 410 a fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazol-5-amine 112 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]- 408 408, 410 a 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 113 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]- 413 413, 415 a 3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 114 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4- 406 406, 408 c fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 115 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N- 391 392 a (thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 116 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N- 390 391 b (thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 117 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N- 391 392 a (thiophen-3-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 118 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N- 390 391 b (thiophen-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 119 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-N-(naphthalen-1- 435 436 c ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 120 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-N-(naphthalen-2- 435 436 c ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 121 1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]- 408 408, 410 a 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 122 1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]- 408 408, 410 b 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 123 1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 375 376 b 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 124 1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 375 376 b 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 125 1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 375 376 b 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 126 1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 375 376 b 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 127 1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 375 376 c 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 128 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(pyridin- 338 339 c 2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide 129 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N,N-dimethyl-5-(pyridin- 338 339 c 2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide 130 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N-methyl-N-phenyl-3- 400 401 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide 131 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N-methyl-N-phenyl-5- 400 401 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide 132 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,4- 324 325 a triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 133 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- 351 352 b yl]-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 134 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- 351 352 c yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 135 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,4- 324 325 b triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 136 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- 324 325 a yl]-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 137 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 335 336 a 1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 138 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 321 322 a 1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one 139 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 369 370 a 1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one 140 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 335 336 a 1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 141 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 321 322 a 1-yl]butan-1-one 142 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 307 308 a 1-yl]propan-1-one 143 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]- 334 335 a 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 144 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]- 334 335 b 3-methylbutan-1-one 145 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 335 336 a 1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 146 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 321 322 a 1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one 147 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 369 370 a 1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one 148 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 335 336 a 1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 149 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 383 384 b 1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1-one 150 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 321 322 a 1-yl]butan-1-one 151 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 307 308 a 1-yl]propan-1-one 152 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 340 341 a 1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 153 1-[5-(methylsulfanyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4- 248 249 c triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 154 1-[5-(methylsulfanyl)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- 253 254 c triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 155 1-[5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- 217 218 c yl]propan-1-one 156 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 373 374 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 157 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 385 386 b yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 158 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4- 385 386 c yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 159 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 355 356 a 5-amine 160 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 355 356 a 5-amine 161 1-benzyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 359 360 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 162 1-benzyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-5-(pyridin-2-yl)- 359 360 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine 163 1-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 311 312 c pyrazol-5-ylethan-1-ol 164 1-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 309 310 c pyrazol-5-ylethan-1-one 165 1-5-[(furan-2-ylmethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 324 325 b pyrazol-1-yl-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 166 1-5-[(furan-3-ylmethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 324 325 b pyrazol-1-yl-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 167 2,2-dimethyl-1-[3-(pyridin-2-yl)-5-[(thiophen-2- 340 341 a ylmethyl)amino]-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 168 2,2-dimethyl-1-[3-(pyridin-2-yl)-5-[(thiophen-3- 340 341 b ylmethyl)amino]-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 169 2,2-dimethyl-N-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H- 281 282 c 1,2,4-triazol-5-ylpropanamide 170 2-chloro-N-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4- 336 336, 338 c triazol-5-ylbenzamide 171 2-chloro-N-3-[(pyrrolidin-1-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4- 320 320, 322 c triazol-5-ylbenzamide 172 2-chlorophenyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3- 424 424, 426 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 173 2-fluorophenyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3- 407 408 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 174 2-methoxyphenyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3- 419 420 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 175 2-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-5-[(2- 401 402 c methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-ylpyridine 176 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 380 381 b 1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 177 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol- 413 414 a 1-yl]carbonylphenyl acetate 178 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4- 257 258 c triazol-5-amine 179 3-([1-propanoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- 332 333 c yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 180 3-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-5-(methylsulfanyl)-1H- 331 331, 333 a 1,2,4-triazol-3-ylpyridine 181 3-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-5-[(4- 425 425, 427 b fluorophenyl)methyl]sulfanyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3- ylpyridine 182 3-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-5-(methylsulfanyl)- 326 327 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylpyridine 183 3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-phenyl-1-(pyridin- 387 388 c 2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide 184 4-chloro-N-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4- 336 336, 338 c triazol-5-ylbenzamide 185 4-methyl-N-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4- 315 316 c triazol-5-ylbenzamide 186 5-C-(2-chlorobenzene)-3-N,3-N-dimethyl-1H-1,2,4- 294 294, 296 c triazole-3,5-dicarboxamide 187 5-C-(2-chlorobenzene)-3-N-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole- 280 280, 282 c 3,5-dicarboxamide 188 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N,N-dimethyl-3- 340 341 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 189 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-(2- 418 419 c methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1- carboxamide 190 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-(propan-2-yl)-3- 354 355 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 191 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-phenyl-3-(pyridin- 388 389 c 3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 192 ethyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3- 341 342 b yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 193 methyl 5-[(2-fluorobenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole- 264 265 c 3-carboxylate 194 methyl 5-[(2-methoxybenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4- 276 277 c triazole-3-carboxylate 195 methyl 5-[(3-chlorobenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole- 281 281, 283 c 3-carboxylate 196 methyl 5-[(4-methylbenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole- 260 261 c 3-carboxylate 197 methyl 5-amino-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-1H- 281 281, 283 a 1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate 198 N-(1-benzothiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1-[(2- 442 442 c methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazol-5-amine 199 N-(1-benzothiophen-3-ylmethyl)-1-[(2- 442 442 c methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazol-5-amine 200 N-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino- 423 423, 425 c 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 201 N-(furan-2-ylmethyl)-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]- 374 375 b 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 202 N-(furan-3-ylmethyl)-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]- 374 375 b 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 203 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-(2-phenylethyl)-3- 373 374 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 204 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-(2-phenylethyl)-5- 373 374 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine 205 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2-methoxy-4- 416 417 b methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 206 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2- 403 404 a methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazol-5-amine 207 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2- 403 404 a methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazol-5-amine 208 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]- 401 402 c 3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 209 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2- 386 387 b methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 210 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]- 363 364 a 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 211 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]- 363 364 a 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 212 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]- 363 364 a 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 213 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]- 363 364 a 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 214 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]- 363 364 a 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 215 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(piperidin-1- 380 381 c yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 216 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-propyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 311 312 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 217 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-propyl-5-(pyridin-2-yl)- 311 312 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine 218 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-2,2-dimethyl-N-(4-methyl- 365 366 c 3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)propanamide 219 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1- 379 380 a [(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 220 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1- 379 380 a [(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 221 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1- 379 380 b [(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 222 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1-[(thiophen-3- 378 379 a yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 223 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-4-[(2- 402 403 c methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-amine 224 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-4-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]- 401 402 c 1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine 225 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-4-[(piperidin-1- 379 380 c yl)carbonyl]-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine 226 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1- 391 392 c [(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 227 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1- 391 392 b [(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 228 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1- 391 392 c [(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 229 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1- 391 392 c [(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 230 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1- 391 392 b [(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 231 N-benzyl-1-[(2,2-difluoro-2H-1,3-benzodioxol-4- 435 436 c yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 232 N-benzyl-1-[(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-5- 413 414 a yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 233 N-benzyl-1-[(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 415 416 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 234 N-benzyl-1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(2- 431 432 c fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 235 N-benzyl-1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 415 416 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 236 N-benzyl-1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 414 415 b (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 237 N-benzyl-1-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin- 383 384 b 2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 238 N-benzyl-1-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin- 424 424, 426, c 2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 428 239 N-benzyl-1-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin- 391 392 b 2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 240 N-benzyl-1-[(2-bromophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 434 434, 436 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 241 N-benzyl-1-[(2-bromophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 433 433, 435 b yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 242 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(2- 406 406, 408 b fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 243 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 390 390, 392 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 244 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 389 389, 391 b yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 245 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4- 390 390, 392 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 246 N-benzyl-1-[(2-ethylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 383 384 b 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 247 N-benzyl-1-[(2-ethylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)- 382 383 c 1H-pyrazol-5-amine 248 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 403 404 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 249 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 387 388 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 250 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 373 374 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 251 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 372 373 a yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 252 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-methyl-3- 387 388 b (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 253 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 399 400 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 254 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 386 387 a (pyridazin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 255 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 385 386 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 256 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 384 385 b yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 257 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4- 385 386 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 258 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen- 390 391 a 2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 259 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 369 370 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 260 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 368 369 c yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 261 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 385 386 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 262 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 390 390, 392 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 263 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4- 390 390, 392 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 264 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3- 399 400 a (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 265 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 385 386 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 266 N-benzyl-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H- 345 346 a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 267 N-benzyl-1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 345 346 a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 268 N-benzyl-1-[(furan-3-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H- 345 346 a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 269 N-benzyl-1-[(naphthalen-1-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 405 406 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 270 N-benzyl-1-[(naphthalen-1-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 404 405 c yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 271 N-benzyl-1-[(naphthalen-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 405 406 b yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 272 N-benzyl-1-[(naphthalen-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2- 404 405 c yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 273 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3- 398 399 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 274 N-benzyl-1-[2-(methylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3- 384 385 N/A (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 275 N-benzyl-1-[2-(propan-2-yl)phenyl]carbonyl-3- 397 398 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 276 N-benzyl-1-[2-(propan-2-yl)phenyl]carbonyl-3- 396 397 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 277 N-benzyl-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-[(2- 389 390 b fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 278 N-benzyl-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-[(2- 401 402 c methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 279 N-benzyl-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-3- 377 378 c yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 280 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(2- 374 375 a methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 281 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 240 241 c 282 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]- 361 362 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 283 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]- 361 362 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 284 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]- 360 361 a 1H-pyrazol-5-amine 285 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbonyl- 439 440 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 286 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbonyl- 423 424 c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 287 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 251 252 c 288 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]- 361 362 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 289 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1-[(thiophen-3-yl)carbonyl]- 361 362 a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 290 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 251 252 c 291 N-benzyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1-[(thiophen-3- 366 367 b yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 292 N-benzyl-N-[3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-2- 401 402 c methoxybenzamide 293 N-ethyl-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N-methyl-3- 352 353 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide 294 N-ethyl-1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-N-methyl-5- 352 353 c (pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide 295 N-ethyl-3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1-(pyridin- 339 340 c 2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide 296 N-ethyl-5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin- 340 341 c 3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 297 N-ethyl-5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-N-methyl-3- 354 355 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxamide 298 phenyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3- 389 390 a yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 299 propan-2-yl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3- 355 356 c (pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 300 tert-butyl 5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin- 369 370 c 3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-1-carboxylate 301 tert-butyl N-(2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 471 471 c 1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylphenyl)carbamate 302 tert-butyl N-(4-acetyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-N- 409 410 c [(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]carbamate 303 tert-butyl N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-N-4-[(2- 502 502 c methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3- ylcarbamate 304 1-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 403 404 c pyrazol-5-yl(2-methoxyphenyl)methanol

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound as expressly set forth in Table B following.

TABLE B Cmpd No IUPAC name 413 1-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2- methoxyethan-1-one 414 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 415 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 416 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 417 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 418 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one 419 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one 420 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 421 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1-one 422 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]butan-1-one 423 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 424 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 425 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 426 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one 427 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one 428 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 429 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1-one 430 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]butan-1-one 431 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 432 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one 433 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 434 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]butan-1-one 435 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 436 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one 437 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one 438 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one 439 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1-one 440 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]butan-1-one 441 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]ethan-1-one 442 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]propan-1-one 443 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 444 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 445 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 446 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 447 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 448 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 449 1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 450 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 451 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 452 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 453 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 454 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 455 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 456 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 457 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 458 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 459 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 460 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 461 1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 462 1-benzoyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 463 1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 464 1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 465 1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 466 1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 467 1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 468 1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 469 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 470 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 471 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 472 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 473 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 474 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 475 1-benzoyl-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 476 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 477 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 478 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 479 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 480 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 481 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 482 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 483 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 484 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 485 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 486 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 487 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 488 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 489 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 490 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 491 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 492 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 493 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 494 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 495 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 496 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 497 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 498 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 499 1-benzoyl-N-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 500 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 501 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 502 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 503 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 504 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 505 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 506 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 507 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 508 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 509 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 510 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 511 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 512 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 513 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 514 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 515 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 516 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 517 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 518 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 519 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 520 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 521 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 522 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 523 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 524 1-benzoyl-N-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 525 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 526 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 527 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 528 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 529 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 530 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 531 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 532 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 533 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 534 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 535 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 536 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 537 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 538 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 539 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 540 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 541 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 542 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(2-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 543 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 544 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(3-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 545 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 546 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 547 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 548 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 549 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 550 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 551 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 552 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 553 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 554 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 555 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 556 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 557 1-benzoyl-N-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 558 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 559 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 560 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 561 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 562 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 563 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 564 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 565 1-benzoyl-N-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 566 1-benzoyl-N-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 567 1-benzoyl-N-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 568 1-benzoyl-N-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 569 1-benzoyl-N-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 570 1-benzoyl-N-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 571 1-benzoyl-N-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 572 2-([1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 573 2-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 574 2-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 575 2-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 576 2-([1-benzoyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 577 2-[(1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)amino]methylbenzonitrile 578 2-[(1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)amino]methylbenzonitrile 579 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 580 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 581 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 582 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 583 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 584 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 585 2-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 586 3-([1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 587 3-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 588 3-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 589 3-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 590 3-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 591 3-([1-benzoyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 592 3-[(1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)amino]methylbenzonitrile 593 3-[(1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)amino]methylbenzonitrile 594 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 595 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 596 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 597 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 598 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 599 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 600 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 601 3-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 602 4-([1-benzoyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 603 4-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 604 4-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 605 4-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 606 4-([1-benzoyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 607 4-([1-benzoyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl]aminomethyl)benzonitrile 608 4-[(1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)amino]methylbenzonitrile 609 4-[(1-benzoyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)amino]methylbenzonitrile 610 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 611 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 612 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 613 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 614 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 615 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 616 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 617 4-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]carbonylbenzonitrile 618 ethyl 5-[(E)-(pyridin-3-ylmethylidene)amino]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate 619 N-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide 620 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 621 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 622 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 623 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 624 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 625 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 626 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 627 N-benzyl-1-[(2-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 628 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 629 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 630 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 631 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 632 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 633 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 634 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 635 N-benzyl-1-[(3-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 636 N-benzyl-1-[(3-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 637 N-benzyl-1-[(3-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 638 N-benzyl-1-[(3-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 639 N-benzyl-1-[(3-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 640 N-benzyl-1-[(3-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 641 N-benzyl-1-[(3-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 642 N-benzyl-1-[(3-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 643 N-benzyl-1-[(3-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 644 N-benzyl-1-[(3-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 645 N-benzyl-1-[(3-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 646 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 647 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 648 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 649 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 650 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 651 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 652 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 653 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 654 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 655 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 656 N-benzyl-1-[(3-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 657 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 658 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 659 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 660 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 661 N-benzyl-1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 662 N-benzyl-1-[(4-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 663 N-benzyl-1-[(4-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 664 N-benzyl-1-[(4-fluorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 665 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 666 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 667 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 668 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 669 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 670 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 671 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 672 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 673 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 674 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 675 N-benzyl-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 676 N-benzyl-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 677 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 678 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 679 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 680 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 681 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 682 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 683 N-benzyl-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 684 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 685 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 686 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 687 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 688 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 689 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 690 N-benzyl-1-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 691 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 692 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 693 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 694 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 695 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 696 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 697 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 698 N-benzyl-1-[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 699 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 700 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 701 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 702 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 703 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 704 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- amine 705 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 706 N-benzyl-1-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]carbonyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 707 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(3-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 708 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 709 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 710 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 711 N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 712 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 713 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 714 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 715 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 716 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 717 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 718 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 719 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 720 N-benzyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 721 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 722 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(pyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 723 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 724 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 725 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 726 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(pyridin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 727 N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-amine

Compounds disclosed herein also include racemic mixtures, stereoisomers and mixtures of the compounds, including isotopically-labeled and radio-labeled compounds. See e.g., Goding, 1986, MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE; Academic Press, p. 104. Such isomers can be isolated by standard resolution techniques, including e.g., fractional crystallization, chiral chromatography, and the like. See e.g., Eliel, E. L. & Wilen S. H., 1993, STEREOCHEMISTRY IN ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; John Wiley & Sons, New York.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein have asymmetric centers and may occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereoisomers, with all isomeric forms as well as mixtures thereof being contemplated for use in the compounds and methods described herein. The compounds contemplated for use in the compounds and methods described herein do not include those that are known in the art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.

The compounds disclosed herein may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (³H), iodine-125 (¹²⁵I), or carbon-14 (¹⁴C). All isotopic variations of the compounds disclosed herein, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the contemplated scope.

In some embodiments, metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein are useful for the methods disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, compounds contemplated herein are provided in the form of a prodrug. The term “prodrug” refers to a compound that can be converted into a compound (e.g., a biologically active compound) described herein in vivo. Prodrugs can be useful for a variety of reason known in the art, including e.g., ease of administration due e.g., to enhanced bioavailability in oral administration, and the like. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the biologically active compounds. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug is a compound which is administered as an ester (i.e., the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in DESIGN OF PRODRUGS, (ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985), which is hereby incorporated herein by reference for the limited purpose describing procedures and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, compounds contemplated herein are provided in the form of a prodrug ester. The term “prodrug ester” refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of a variety of ester-forming groups, e.g., groups known in the art, that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions. Examples of prodrug ester groups include pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group. Other examples of prodrug ester groups can be found in, for example, T. Higuchi and V. Stella, in “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems”, Vol. 14, A.C.S. Symposium Series, American Chemical Society (1975); and BIOREVERSIBLE CARRIERS IN DRUG DESIGN: THEORY AND APPLICATION, edited by E. B. Roche, Pergamon Press: New York, 14-21 (1987) (providing examples of esters useful as prodrugs for compounds containing carboxyl groups). Each of the above-mentioned references is herein incorporated by reference for the limited purpose of disclosing ester-forming groups that can form prodrug esters.

In some embodiments, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds described herein useful for the methods described herein when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.

Certain compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of contemplated compounds. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the compounds and methods contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope disclosed herein.

III. Biological Activities

In some embodiments, compounds described herein exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities 1 μM, e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 μM, or even greater. In some embodiments, the compounds exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities between 0.1 μM and 1 μM, e.g., about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 or 1.0 μM. In some embodiments, compounds described herein exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities 0.1 μM, e.g., about 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 nM. Ranges of values using a combination of any of the values recited herein as upper and/or lower limits are also contemplated, for example, but not limited to, 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM. In some embodiments, the inhibitory activity is in the range of about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM. It is understood that for purposes of quantification, the terms “activity,” “inhibitory activity,” “biological activity,” “thrombin activity” and the like in the context of an inhibitory compound disclosed herein can be quantified in a variety of ways known in the art. Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein such terms refer to IC₅₀ in the customary sense (i.e., concentration to achieve half-maximal inhibition).

Inhibitory activity against thrombin in turn inhibits the blood coagulation process. Accordingly, compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the treatment or management of thrombotic disorders. In some embodiments, a dose or a therapeutically effective dose of a compound disclosed herein will be that which is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration of the compound or its active metabolite(s) within a range set forth herein, e.g., about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM, preferably about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, or 0.1-1 Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believe that such compounds are indicated in the treatment or management of thrombotic disorders.

Accordingly, compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the treatment or management of a variety of diseases or disorders. In some embodiments, a dose or a therapeutically effective dose of a compound disclosed herein will be that which is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration of the compound or its active metabolite(s) within a range set forth herein, e.g., about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM, preferably about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, or 0.1-1 μM. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believe that such compounds are indicated in the treatment or management of diseases associated with thrombin.

In some embodiments, the compounds selectively inhibit thrombin over related serine proteases such as trypsin, chymotrypsin, factor XIIa, factor XIa, factor Xa, and factor VIIa. In some embodiments, the compounds inhibit chymotrypsin with an IC₅₀ greater than 1 uM. In some embodiments, the compounds inhibit chymotrypsin with an IC₅₀ greater than 10 uM. In some embodiments, the compounds inhibit chymotrypsin with an IC₅₀ greater than 100 uM. In some embodiments, the compounds inhibit Factor XIa with an IC₅₀ greater than 1 uM. In some embodiments, the compounds inhibit Factor XIa with an IC₅₀ greater than 10 uM. In some embodiments, the compounds inhibit Factor XIa with an IC₅₀ greater than 100 uM.

In some embodiments, the compounds persist in the blood plasma after intravenous infusion. In some embodiments, greater than 50% of the initial compound concentration persists in the blood plasma of mice 1 hour after intravenous injection. In some embodiments, greater than 50% of the initial compound concentration persists in the blood plasma of mice 3 hours or longer after intravenous injection.

IV. Methods of Treating and Preventing Disease

Thrombin-Related Diseases and Conditions (e.g. Thrombosis).

Thrombotic diseases are the primary indications for thrombin inhibition, because of thrombin's location in the coagulation cascade and, in turn, the importance of the coagulation cascade in the progression of blood clotting processes. However, without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed the coagulation cascade in general, and thrombin in particular, is important in a variety other disease states.

It has been discovered that compounds described herein, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, exhibit inhibitory action against thrombin (activated blood-coagulation factor II; EC 3.4.21.5). This, in turn inhibits the blood coagulation process.

This inhibitory action is useful in the treatment of a variety of thrombotic disorders, such as, but not limited to, acute vascular diseases such as acute coronary syndromes; venous-, arterial- and cardiogenic thromboembolisms; the prevention of other states such as disseminated intravascular coagulation, or other conditions that involve the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus. Other indications for methods described herein include the following.

Cancer.

It has long been recognized that cancer progression is accompanied by venous thrombosis, but it has not been understood how each disease is related. From several clinical trials studying the treatment of VTE, meta-analyses have shown that low molecular weight heparins (LMWHs) improve overall survival in subgroups of cancer patients. See e.g., Zacharski, L. R. & Lee, A. Y., 2008, Expert Opin Investig Drugs, 17:1029-1037; Falanga, A. & Piccioli, A., 2005, Current Opinion in Pulmonary Medicine, 11:403-407; Smorenburg, S. M., et al., 1999, Thromb Haemost, 82:1600-1604; Hettiarachchi, R. J., et al., 1999, Thromb Haemost, 82:947-952. This finding was substantiated in later clinical trials that measured specifically the survival of cancer patients. See e.g., Lee, A. Y. et al., 2005, J Clin Oncol, 23:2123-2129; Klerk, C. P. et al., J Clin Oncol 2005, 23:2130-2135; Kakkar, A. K., et al., 2004, J Clin Oncol, 22:1944-1948; Altinbas, M., et al., 2004, J Thromb Haemost, 2:1266-1271.

More recently, researchers have focused on the specific anticancer effect of DTIs. For example, it was shown that heparin significantly prolonged the survival of patients with limited small cell lung cancer. See e.g., Akl, E. A., et al., 2008, J Exp Clin Cancer Res, 27:4. Other investigators found that systemic use of argatroban reduced tumor mass and prolonged survival time in rat glioma models leading to the conclusion that argatroban should be considered as a novel therapeutic for glioma, a notoriously difficult to treat cancer type. See e.g., Hua, Y., et al., 2005, Acta Neurochir, Suppl 2005, 95:403-406; Hua, Y., et al., 2005, J Thromb Haemost, 3:1917-1923. Very recently, it was demonstrated that dabigatran etexilate, a DTI recently FDA-approved (see e.g., Hughes, B., 2010, Nat Rev Drug Discov, 9:903-906) for DVT indications, inhibited both the invasion and metastasis of malignant breast tumors. See e.g., DeFeo, K., et al., 2010, Thrombosis Research, 125 (Supplement 2): 5188; Defeo, K., et al., 2010, Cancer Biol Ther, 10:1001-1008. Thus, dabigatran etexilate treatment led to a 50% reduction in tumor volume at 4 weeks with no weight loss in treated mice. Dabigatran etexilate also reduced tumor cells in the blood and liver micrometastases by 50-60%. These investigators concluded that dabigatran etexilate may be beneficial in not only preventing thrombotic events in cancer patients, but also as adjunct therapy to treat malignant tumors.

Further, hirudin and the LMWH nadroparin dramatically reduced the number of lung metastases when administered prior to cancer cell inoculation. See e.g., Hu, L., et al., 2004, Blood, 104:2746-51.

The de novo thrombin inhibitor d-Arg-Oic-Pro-d-Ala-Phe(p-Me) has been found to block thrombin-stimulated invasion of prostate cancer cell line PC-3 in a concentration dependent manner. See e.g., Nieman, M. T., et al., 2008, J Thromb Haemost, 6:837-845. A reduced rate of tumor growth was observed in mice dosed with the pentapeptide through their drinking water. The mice also showed reduced fold rate in tumor size and reduced overall tumor weight compared to untreated mice. Microscopic examination of treated tumors showed reduced number of large blood vessels thus concluding that the pentapeptide interfered with tumor angiogenesis. Nieman, M. T., et al., Thromb Haemost, 104:1044-8.

In view of these and related studies, it is suggested that anticoagulants affect tumor metastasis; that is, angiogenesis, cancer cell adhesion, migration and invasion processes. See e.g., Van Noorden, C. J., et al., 2010, Thromb Res, 125 Suppl 2:S77-79.

Fibrosis. Several studies have shown the utility of anticoagulant therapy in fibrotic disorders. For example, in a rat model of CCl₄-induced chronic liver injury, the DTI SSR182289 decreased liver fibrogenesis significantly after 7 weeks of administration. Similar observations were made in other studies using the LMWHs nadroparin, tinzaparin, enoxaparin, and dalteparin sodium. See e.g., Duplantier, J. G., et al., 2004, Gut, 53:1682-1687; Abdel-Salam, O. M., et al., 2005, Pharmacol Res, 51:59-67; Assy, N., et al., 2007, Dig Dis Sci, 52:1187-1193; Abe, W., et al., 2007, J Hepatol, 46:286-294. Thus a thrombin inhibitor as an anticoagulant can be useful in the treatment of fibrinolytic diseases.

In another example, the DTI melagatran greatly reduced ischemia reperfusion injury in a kidney transplant model in the large white pig. This led to a drastically improved kidney graft survival at 3 months. See e.g., Favreau, F., et al., 2010, Am J Transplant, 10:30-39.

Recent studies have shown that in a bleomycin-induced mouse model of pulmonary fibrosis, dabigatran etexilate treatment reduced important profibrotic events in lung fibroblasts, including the production of collagen and connective tissue growth factor. See e.g., Silver, R. M., et al., 2010, Am. J Respir. Crit. Care Med., 181:A6780; Bogatkevich, G. S., et al., 2009, Arthritis Rheum, 60:3455-3464.

The above experimental evidence points to a close relationship between thrombin and fibrosis and suggests novel therapeutic opportunities for fibrosis using thrombin inhibitors. See e.g., Calvaruso, V., et al., 2008, Gut, 57:1722-1727; Chambers, R. C., 2008, Br J Pharmacol, 153 Suppl 1:S367-378; Chambers, R. C. & Laurent, G. J., 2002, Biochem Soc Trans, 30:194-200; Howell, D. C., et al., 2001, Am J Pathol, 159:1383-1395.

Alzheimer's Disease.

Very recent experiments confirm higher thrombin levels in brain endothelial cells of patients with Alzheimer's disease. While ‘normal’ thrombin levels are connected to regulatory CNS functions, thrombin accumulation in the brain is toxic. It has also been found that the neural thrombin inhibitor Protease Nexin 1 (PN-1) is significantly reduced in the Alzheimer's disease brain, despite the fact that PN-1 mRNA levels are unchanged. These observations have led some investigators to suggest that reduction of CNS-resident thrombin will prove useful in Alzheimer's Disease (AD) treatment. See e.g., Vaughan, P. J., et al., 1994, Brain Res, 668:160-170; Yin, X., et al., 2010, Am J Pathol, 176:1600-1606; Akiyama, H., et al., 1992, Neurosci Lett, 146:152-154.

Multiple Sclerosis.

Investigators found that hirudin treatment in an animal model of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) showed a dramatic improvement in disease severity. See e.g., Han, M. H., et al., 2008, Nature, 451:1076-1081. Similar results were obtained following treatment with heparin (a DTI) and dermatan sulfate (another coagulation inhibitor). See e.g., Chelmicka-Szorc, E. & Amason, B. G., 1972, Arch Neurol, 27:153-158; Inaba, Y., et al., 1999, Cell Immunol, 198:96-102. Other evidence shows that naturally occurring antithrombin III has anti-inflammatory effects in diseases such as endotoxemia and other sepsis-related conditions. See e.g., Wiedermann, C. J. & Romisch, J., 2002, Acta Med Austriaca, 29:89-92. Naturally occurring thrombin inhibitors are presumably synthesized in situ and have protective roles in CNS inflammation. Therefore, therapeutic thrombin inhibition has been proposed as a potential MS treatment. See e.g., Luo, W., et al., 2009, In: THROMBIN, Maragoudakis, M. E.; Tsopanoglou, N. E., Eds. Springer New York: 2009; pp 133-159.

Pain.

In a rat pain model with partial lesion of the sciatic nerve, intrathecal hirudin prevented the development of neuropathic pain and curbed pain responses for 7 days. The investigators found that following injury, neuropathic pain was mediated by thrombin generation, which in turn activated PAR-1 receptor in the spinal cord. Hirudin inhibited thrombin generation and ultimately led to pain relief. See e.g., Garcia, P. S., et al., 2010, Thromb Haemost, 103:1145-1151; Narita, M., et al., 2005, J Neurosci, 25:10000-10009. Researchers hypothesize that thrombin and the PARs are involved not just as part of the coagulation cascade, but in inflammation, nociception and neurodevelopment. Development of a DTI to intersect an unexploited pharmacology will lead to pain therapeutics distinct from opioids and NSAIDs, whose shortcomings are well documented. See e.g., Garcia 2010, Id.

Thrombin-Related Cardiac, Pulmonary, and Venous Conditions.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful in preventing stroke in individuals with atrial fibrillation. The selective thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran was studied in two phase III clinical trials ((SPORTIF III and SPORTIF V), which compared ximelagatran to warfarin for the prevention of cardioembolic events in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. The investigators for the SPORTIF III clinical trial found that ximelagatran, administered in a fixed dose without coagulation monitoring, protects high-risk patients with atrial fibrillation against thromboembolism at least as effectively as well-controlled warfarin, and is associated with less bleeding. When the results of SPORTIF III and V were combined, ximelagatran was associated with a 16% relative risk reduction in the composite outcome measure of all strokes (ischemic or hemorrhagic), systemic embolic events, major bleeding, and death. (Olsson, S. B. Lancet 2003, 362 (9397), 1691-1698; Hirsh, J. et al. Blood 2005, 105 (2), 453-463; Clemens, A. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2008/009638). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful in preventing stroke in individuals with atrial fibrillation.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful in the treatment and prevention of acute coronary syndrome (Clemens, A. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2008/009638). ACS is a group of symptoms that are caused by myocardial ischemia. The drug could be used as a prophylaxis for myocardial infarction, or at a certain time after the event (e.g. after myocardial infarction, post-MI; i.e. chronic therapy, secondary prevention). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful in treating and preventing acute coronary syndrome.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful in the prevention of recurrent cardiac events after myocardial infarction. The selective thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran was studied in a phase II clinical trial entitled ESTEEM, measuring the efficacy and safety of ximelagatran in patients with recent myocardial damage. The result of the ESTEEM trial supports the notion that long-term treatment with an oral direct thrombin inhibitor reduces arterial thrombotic events. Oral ximelagatran in combination with acetylsalicylic acid was more effective than acetylsalicylic acid alone in reducing the frequency of major cardiovascular events during 6 months of treatment in patients with a recent myocardial infarction. (Hirsh, J. et al. Blood 2005, 105 (2), 453-463.). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful in preventing recurrent cardiac events after myocardial infarction.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful in post-operative prophylaxis of deep vein thrombosis. The selective thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran was found to be efficacious for the prevention of venous thromboembolism following a medical procedure like total hip or knee replacement (Francis, C. W. et al. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:648-55; Heit, J. A. et al. Arch Intern Med 2001; 161: 2215-21; Eriksson B I et al. Thromb Haemost 2003; 89: 288-96). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful in post-operative prophylaxis of deep vein thrombosis.

Known thrombin inhibitors, such as, for example, dabigatran have been reported to be useful in long-term treatment of pulmonary embolism. (Robertson L, Kesteven P, McCaslin J E. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015 Dec. 4; 12). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful in treating pulmonary embolism.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the prevention of coagulation in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention. Percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) requires aggressive anticoagulation therapy, and was historically achieved with unfractionated heparin. However, in many patients heparin is contraindicated, especially in patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT). In such instances, the endovascular disruption and the hypercoagulable state that characterized HIT means patients are put at risk of thrombosis during PCI. (Lewis, B. E. et al. Catheterization and cardiovascular interventions 2002, 57 (2), 177-184; Kokolis, S et al. Progress in cardiovascular diseases 2004, 46 (6), 506-523.) Dabigatran, which had already been claimed as a thrombin inhibitor and a useful anticoagulant in the clinical setting, was also published as a secondary medication in percutaneous interventional cardiac catherization. (Reilly et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2010/020602). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful in preventing coagulation in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension. Dabigatran, a selective thrombin inhibitor, has been published as a useful drug for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension (PAH). Furthermore, dabigatran had found use as a treatment of: (i); pulmonary hypertension caused by left heart disorders, (ii); pulmonary hypertension associated with lung diseases such as pulmonary fibroses, particularly idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, and/or hypoxia, (iii); pulmonary hypertension caused by chronic thromboembolic diseases. (Feuring, M. WIPO Patent Application WO/2010/020600). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension caused by left heart disorders (Feuring, M. WIPO Patent Application WO/2010/020600). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension caused by left heart disorders.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension associated with lung diseases such as pulmonary fibroses, particularly idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, and/or hypoxia (Feuring, M. WIPO Patent Application WO/2010/020600). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of pulmonary-arterial hypertension associated with lung diseases.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension caused by chronic thromboembolic diseases (Feuring, M. WIPO Patent Application WO/2010/020600). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension caused by chronic thromboembolic diseases.

Non-valvular atrial fibrillation is a sustained cardiac disturbance often associated with heart disease. Known thrombin inhibitors like ximelagatran have been reported to be useful for stroke prevention in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation (Diener H.-C. Cerebrovasc Dis 2006; 21:279-293). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for stroke prevention in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation.

A Transient Ischemic Attack (TIA) is an acute episode of temporary neurologic dysfunction that typically lasts less than an hour; results from focal cerebral, spinal cord, or retinal ischemia; and is not associated with acute tissue infarction. In people who have a TIA, the incidence of subsequent stroke is as high as 11% over the next 7 days and 24-29% over the following 5 years. In view of the high short-term risk of stroke after TIA, many physicians believe antithrombotic therapy should be initiated as soon as intracranial hemorrhage has been ruled out. Stroke prevention medication typically recommended for cardioembolic TIA is as follows: For patients with atrial fibrillation after TIA, long-term anticoagulation with warfarin (aspirin 325 mg/day for those unable to take oral anticoagulants); In acute myocardial infarction (MI) with left ventricular thrombus, oral anticoagulation with warfarin; concurrent aspirin up to 162 mg/day for ischemic coronary artery disease [CAD]); In dilated cardiomyopathy, oral anticoagulation with warfarin or antiplatelet therapy; In rheumatic mitral valve disease, oral anticoagulation with warfarin. For patients with TIA and ischaemic stroke of cardiac origin due to atrial fibrillation, vitamin K antagonists (VKAs) are highly effective in preventing recurrent ischaemic stroke but have important limitations and are thus underused. Antiplatelet therapy is much less effective than VKAs. The direct thrombin inhibitor, dabigatran etexilate, has shown efficacy over warfarin in a recent trial. Other new anticoagulants, including the oral factor Xa inhibitors, rivaroxaban, apixaban, and edoxaban, the parenteral factor Xa inhibitor, idrabiotaparinux, and the novel VKA, tecarfarin, were being assessed in 2010. (Hankey, G. J.; Eikelboom, J. W. ‘Antithrombotic Drugs for Patients with Ischaemic Stroke and Transient Ischaemic Attack to Prevent Recurrent Major Vascular Events.’ The Lancet Neurology 2010, 9 (3), 273-284.)

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of venous thromboembolism due to formation of a thrombus within a vein (venous thrombosis) associated with acquired (prolonged bedrest, surgery, injury, malignancy, pregnancy and postpartum states) or inherited (deficiency of natural coagulation inhibitors) risk factors (Marsic, L. P. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2003/048155). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of venous thromboembolism due to formation of a thrombus within a vein associated with acquired or inherited risk factors and/or embolism of peripheral veins caused by a detached thrombus. An example of an acquired risk factor would be a previous venous thromboembolism and/or embolism of peripheral veins caused by a detached thrombus. An example of an acquired risk factor would be a previous venous thromboembolism.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of cardiogenic thromboembolism due to formation of a thrombus in the heart associated with cardiac arrhythmia, heart valve defect, prosthetic heart valves or heart disease, embolism of peripheral arteries caused by a detached thrombus, most commonly in the brain (ischemic stroke). See Marsic, L. P. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2003/048155. Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of cardiogenic thromboembolism.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of arterial thrombosis due to underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries which obstructs or occludes an artery and causes myocardial ischemia (angina pectoris, acute coronary syndrome) or myocardial infarction, obstructs or occludes a peripheral artery (ischemic peripheral artery disease) and obstructs or occludes the artery after a procedure on the blood vessel (reocclusion or restenosis after transluminal coronary angioplasty, reocclusion or restenosis after percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of peripheral arteries). See Marsic, L. P. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2003/048155. Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of arterial thrombosis.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of disseminated intravascular coagulation in a number of states (e.g., in complications in pregnancy, in metastasing malignant diseases, after extensive injuries, in bacterial sepsis) when thrombogenic activation causes dysfunctional coagulation with widespread formation of thrombi within the vascular system. See Marsic, L. P. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2003/048155. Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of disseminated intravascular coagulation.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful as an adjunct therapy in conjunction with thrombolytic therapy in recent myocardial infarction, in combination with aspirin in patients with unstable angina pectoris designed to undergo percutaneous transluminal angioplasty and in the treatment of patients with thrombosis and with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (Marsic, L. P. et al. WIPO Patent Application WO/2003/048155). Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful as an adjunct therapy with other antithrombotic therapies.

Known thrombin inhibitors have been reported to be useful for the treatment of inflammation (Kirk, I. WIPO Patent Application WO/2000/041716), type I diabetes mellitus (Korsgren, O.; Nillson, B. WIPO Patent Application WO/2003/061682), cancer (Kakkar, A. K. et al. J Clin Oncol 2004, 22, (10), 1944-8; Hua, Y. et al. Acta Neurochir Suppl 2005, 95, 403-6; Nieman, M. T. et al. J Thromb Haemost, 6 (2008), 837-845; Van Ryn, J.; Clemens, A. WIPO Patent Application WO/2010/020601), fibrosis (Duplantier, J. G. et al. Gut, 2004, 53:1682-1687; Seijo, S. et al. J Hepatol, 2007, 46:286-294; Assy, N. et al. Dig Dis Sci, 2007, 52:1187-1193; Bogatkevich, G. S. et al. Arthritis Rheum, 2009, 60:3455-3464), and pain (Garcia, P. S. et al. Thromb Haemost, 103:1145-1151; Narita, M. et al. J Neurosci, 2005, 25:10000-10009). Metaanalyses of clinical trials that studied the use of anticoagulants in oncology patients showed that low molecular weight heparins (LMWHs), selective thrombin inhibitors, improve overall survival in subgroups of cancer patients. This finding was substantiated in later clinical trials, in particular the FAMOUS clinical trials, that measured specifically the survival of cancer patients.

Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is reasonable to believe that thrombin inhibition in general can be useful for the treatment of thrombotic diseases or disorders and/or diseases or disorders which involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and/or further involves stroke and/or one or more transient ischemic attacks (TIA) and/or pulmonary hypertension. Such conditions include, for example, acute coronary syndrome, thromboembolism, thrombosis, inflammation, diabetes mellitus, cancer, fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, recurrent cardiac events after myocardial infarction, or the like.

Accordingly, in a further aspect, there is provided a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof. The method includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), or (VI) as disclosed herein, a compound as set forth in any of Tables A, B or C, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the disease or disorder. The terms “therapeutically effective amount,” “amount effective to treat,” “amount effective to prevent” and the like refer to that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent (e.g., compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein) that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.

Compounds useful for methods disclosed herein include the compounds set forth for Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), and (VI), and for the compounds set forth in Tables A and B above. Additionally, compounds useful for methods disclosed herein include the compounds set forth in Table C following. For Table C, the compounds were assayed for inhibition of the protease activity of thrombin as described for Table A.

TABLE C Cmpd Thrombin No IUPAC name Activity 1 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 2 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 3 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 8 1-(5-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- b yl)propan-1-one 25 3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 31 methyl 5-[(2-chlorobenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 305 1-(5-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)- c 2-methylpropan-1-one 306 1-(5-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2- a methylpropan-1-one 307 1-(5-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl)ethan-1-one 308 1-(5-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl)propan-1-one 309 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2,2- a dimethylpropan-1-one 310 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2- a methylpropan-1-one 311 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2- c methoxyethan-1-one 312 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2- a methylpropan-1-one 313 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2- a phenylethan-1-one 314 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3- a methylbutan-1-one 315 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-3- a phenylpropan-1-one 316 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl)butan-1-one 317 1-(5-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl)ethan-1-one 318 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)- a 2-methylpropan-1-one 319 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)- a 2-phenylethan-1-one 320 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)- a 3-methylbutan-1-one 321 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)- b 3-phenylpropan-1-one 322 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl)butan-1-one 323 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- b yl)ethan-1-one 324 1-(5-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- b yl)propan-1-one 325 1-(5-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl)ethan-1-one 326 1-(benzenesulfonyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 327 1-(benzenesulfonyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4- c triazol-5-amine 328 1-(benzenesulfonyl)-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 329 1-(ethanesulfonyl)-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 330 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-5-(methylsulfanyl)-1H-1,2,4- a triazole 331 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H- a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 332 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 333 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine b 334 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 335 1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4- a triazol-5-amine 336 1-[(4-chlorobenzene)sulfonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H- c 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 337 1-[(4-chlorobenzene)sulfonyl]-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol- c 5-amine 338 1-[(4-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 339 1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine b 340 1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H- b 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 341 1-[3-(furan-2-yl)-5-(methylsulfanyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one c 342 1-[3-(pyridin-3-yl)-5-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl]butan-1-one 343 1-[3-(pyridin-3-yl)-5-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl]ethan-1-one 344 1-[3-(pyridin-3-yl)-5-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- a yl]propan-1-one 345 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one c 346 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one a 347 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1- a one 348 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one a 349 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-1- a one 350 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1- a one 351 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one a 352 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one a 353 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-2-phenylethan-1-one a 354 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-3-phenylpropan-1-one c 355 1-[5-(benzylamino)-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]propan-1-one b 356 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- a amine 357 1-benzoyl-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- b amine 358 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine a 359 1-benzoyl-N-benzyl-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine a 360 1-methanesulfonyl-3-[(morpholin-4-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 361 1-5-[(furan-2-ylmethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl-2- a methylpropan-1-one 362 1-5-[(furan-2-ylmethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylbutan-1- a one 363 1-5-[(furan-2-ylmethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylethan-1- a one 364 1-5-[(furan-2-ylmethyl)amino]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylpropan-1- b one 365 2-fluoro-N-[5-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]benzamide c 366 2-methyl-1-(5-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4- a triazol-1-yl)propan-1-one 367 3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-5-(methylsulfanyl)-1H-1,2,4- a triazole 368 3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4- a triazol-5-amine 369 3-(furan-2-yl)-1-methanesulfonyl-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- c amine 370 3-(furan-2-yl)-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]- b 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 371 3-(furan-2-yl)-N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]- b 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 372 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-N-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-1H-1,2,4- b triazol-5-amine 373 3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine c 374 3-methyl-1-(5-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]amino-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4- a triazol-1-yl)butan-1-one 375 3-methyl-1-[3-(pyridin-3-yl)-5-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]-1H-1,2,4- a triazol-1-yl]butan-1-one 376 ethyl 5-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxylate c 377 methyl 3-[(2,4-dichlorobenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-5-carboxylate c 378 methyl 5-(2,2-dimethylpropanamido)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 379 methyl 5-(2-methylfuran-3-amido)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 380 methyl 5-[(2-methylbenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 381 methyl 5-[(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-azepin-7-yl)amino]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3- c carboxylate 382 methyl 5-[(3-methylbenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 383 methyl 5-[(4-bromobenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 384 methyl 5-[(4-chlorobenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 385 methyl 5-[(4-fluorobenzene)amido]-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate b 386 methyl 5-[(4-tert-butylbenzene)amido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate b 387 methyl 5-[(pyridin-3-ylmethylidene)amino]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 388 methyl 5-[3-(4-methylphenyl)propanamido]-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 389 methyl 5-amino-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate c 390 N-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3- c carboxamide 391 N-(2-chlorophenyl)-3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-5-carboxamide c 392 N-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-5-carboxamide c 393 N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-5- c carboxamide 394 N-(furan-2-ylmethyl)-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H-1,2,4- a triazol-5-amine 395 N-(furan-2-ylmethyl)-1-methanesulfonyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- c amine 396 N-(furan-2-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4- c triazol-5-amine 397 N-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H- b 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 398 N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-1H- c 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 399 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 400 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-phenyl-1H- a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 401 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- a 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 402 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-[(furan-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H- a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 403 N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H- a 1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 404 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)- b 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 405 N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]- c 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine 406 N-[5-(benzylamino)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]acetamide c 407 N-[5-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]benzamide c 408 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- a amine 409 N-benzyl-1-[(2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- a amine 410 N-benzyl-1-[(2-methoxyphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- a amine 411 N-benzyl-1-[(4-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- a amine 412 N-benzyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)carbonyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5- c amine

In some embodiments of the methods, compounds, or pharmaceutical compositions described herein, the disease or disorder to be treated can include one or more thrombotic diseases or disorders and/or can involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder can be acute coronary syndrome, thromboembolism, and/or thrombosis. In some embodiments, the thromboembolism can be venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism and/or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the venous thromboembolism can include deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism. In some embodiments, the deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism can occur following a medical procedure. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder can involve dysfunctional coagulation or disseminated intravascular coagulation. In some embodiments, the subject with dysfunctional coagulation can be undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI). In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder can involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and further can involve stroke and/or one or more transient ischemic attacks (TIA). In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder involving a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus can further involve stroke, wherein the subject can have non-valvular atrial fibrillation. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder can involve a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and further can involve pulmonary hypertension. In some embodiments, the pulmonary hypertension can be caused by one or more left heart disorder and/or chronic thromboembolic disease. In some embodiments, the pulmonary hypertension can be associated with one or more lung disease, including pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic or otherwise), and/or hypoxia.

In some embodiments, the venous thromboembolism can be associated with formation of a thrombus within a vein associated with one or more acquired or inherited risk factors and/or embolism of peripheral veins caused by a detached thrombus. In some embodiments, the one or more risk factors can include a previous venous thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the cardiogenic thromboembolism can be due to formation of a thrombus in the heart associated with cardiac arrhythmia, heart valve defect, prosthetic heart valves or heart disease, and/or embolism of peripheral arteries caused by a detached thrombus. In some embodiments, the detached thrombus can be in the brain (ischemic stroke). In some embodiments, the detached thrombus can cause a transient ischemic attack (TIA). In some embodiments, the cardiogenic thromboembolism can be due to non-valvular atrial fibrillation. In some embodiments, the thrombosis can be arterial thrombosis. In some embodiments, the arterial thrombosis can be due to one or more underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries. In some embodiments, the one or more underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries can obstruct or occlude an artery, cause myocardial ischemia (angina pectoris, acute coronary syndrome), cause myocardial infarction, obstruct or occlude a peripheral artery (ischemic peripheral artery disease), and/or obstruct or occlude the artery after a procedure on a blood vessel (reocclusion or restenosis after transluminal coronary angioplasty, reocclusion or restenosis after percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of peripheral arteries).

In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can include fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, cancer, inflammation, and/or Type I diabetes mellitus. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can involve recurrent cardiac events after myocardial infarction.

In some embodiments, the treatment or prevention can include an adjunct therapy. In some embodiments, the subject can have myocardial infarction, and the adjunct therapy can be in conjunction with thrombolytic therapy. In some embodiments, the subject can have unstable angina pectoris, thrombosis, and/or heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, and the adjunct therapy can be in combination with antiplatelet therapy. In some embodiments, the subject can have non-valvular atrial fibrillation, and the adjunct therapy can be in conjunction with one or more other therapies.

In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can be fibrosis. In some embodiments contemplating fibrosis, the method is directed to treating chronic liver injury. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can be ischemia reperfusion injury. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can be pulmonary fibrosis.

In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can be pain. In some embodiments, the pain can be neuropathic pain.

In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer. In some embodiments, said type of cancer can be cervical-, testicular-, or non-small-cell lung adenocarcinoma. In some embodiments, the cancer can be limited small cell lung cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer can be a glioma. In some embodiments, the cancer can be malignant breast cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer can be a micrometastasis. In some embodiments, the micrometastasis can be of the blood or liver. In some embodiments, the cancer can be a lung metastasis. In some embodiments, the cancer can be prostatic cancer.

In some embodiments wherein the disease or disorder can be an inflammatory condition, said inflammatory condition can be sepsis, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic inflammatory response syndrome, inflammatory arthritis, or rheumatoid arthritis.

In another aspect, there is provided a method for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject. The method includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), or (VI) as disclosed herein, compound as set forth in any of Tables A, B or C herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent the disease or disorder.

V. Assays

Compounds described herein can be assayed, by a variety of methods known in the art and described herein, for inhibition of biological activity, e.g., protease activity, of a variety of proteins, e.g., thrombin. For example, the protease activity of such proteins, e.g., thrombin, can be monitored using a chromophoric substrate, e.g., a p-nitroanilide peptide substrate, which upon hydrolysis releases p-nitroanilide, which in turn gives rise to a color change which can be determined spectrophotometrically. See e.g., Lottenberg, R, et al, 1983, Biochemica et Biophysica Acta, 752:539-557. Accordingly, the change in color can be monitored with a spectrophotometer at e.g., 405 nm to provide a signal which is directly proportional to the proteolytic activity of the enzyme.

The thrombin activity reported herein (e.g., Table A) was obtained as follows. Human thrombin was obtained from Haematologic Technologies Inc. The chromogenic substrate S-2238 was obtained from DiaPharma. Thrombin was assayed in buffer containing 0.05 M Tris (pH 7.4), 0.015 M NaCl and 0.01% PEG-8000. The final concentration of enzyme used was 3 nM thrombin. The final concentration of substrate used was 125 μM S-2238 for thrombin. All assays were performed in 96-well microtiter plates at room temperature (RT). The enzyme and inhibitor were pre-incubated for 10 minutes then substrate was added and read at 405 nm in a SpectraMax Plus Spectrophotometer (Molecular Devices). Inhibitor IC₅₀ values were determined by adding test compound as ten point, three-fold serial dilutions in buffer solution, as known in the art. The plate was read at 10 minutes after substrate addition. The IC₅₀ was calculated by plotting the percent (%) inhibition against compound concentration and fitting the data to a constrained four parameter sigmoidal curve, as known in the art.

VI. Pharmaceutical Compositions

In another aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The compound is a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa), (IIb), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IV), (Va), (Vb), (Vc), or (VI) as disclosed herein, a compound as set forth in any of Tables A, B or C herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is set forth in Table A herein. In some embodiments, the compound is set forth in Table B herein. In some embodiments, the compound is set forth in Table C herein.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” is meant to include salts of the active compounds that are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds disclosed herein contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds disclosed herein contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galacturonic acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds disclosed herein contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.

Compounds disclosed herein may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Accordingly, the compounds contemplated herein include such salts. Examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, (−)-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid. These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.

The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds above, where a basic or acidic group is present in the structure, are also included within the scope of compounds contemplated herein. When an acidic substituent is present, such as —NHSO₃H, —COOH and —P(O)(OH)₂, there can be formed the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium salt, and the like, for use as the dosage form. Basic groups, such as amino or basic heteroaryl radicals, or pyridyl and acidic salts, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, maleate, palmoate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.

Also, in the embodiments in which R—COOH is present, pharmaceutically acceptable esters can be employed, e. g., methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.

A. Formulations

The compounds disclosed herein can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral, parenteral, and topical dosage forms. Thus, the compounds described herein can be administered by injection (e.g. intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally). Also, the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered transdermally. It is also envisioned that multiple routes of administration (e.g., intramuscular, oral, transdermal) can be used to administer the compounds disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein may be administered orally as tablets, aqueous or oily suspensions, lozenges, troches, powders, granules, emulsions, capsules, syrups or elixirs. The composition for oral use may contain one or more agents selected from the group of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to produce pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Accordingly, there are also provided pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and one or more compounds disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, tablets contain the acting ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be, for example, (1) inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate, carboxymethylcellulose, or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents, such as corn starch or alginic acid; (3) binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and (4) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. These tablets may be uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. A coating may also be performed using techniques known in the art.

For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds disclosed herein, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more substance that may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.

A compound disclosed herein, in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt, can be administered, for in vivo application, parenterally by injection or by gradual perfusion over time. Administration may be intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, or transdermally. For in vitro studies the compounds may be added or dissolved in an appropriate biologically acceptable buffer and added to a cell or tissue.

In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid in a mixture with the finely divided active component. In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.

The powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% to 70% of the active compound. Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. The term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.

For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.

Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions. For parenteral injection, liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.

When parenteral application is needed or desired, particularly suitable admixtures for the compounds disclosed herein are injectable, sterile solutions, preferably oily or aqueous solutions, as well as suspensions, emulsions, or implants, including suppositories. In particular, carriers for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of dextrose, saline, pure water, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, peanut oil, sesame oil, polyoxyethylene-block polymers, and the like. Ampoules are convenient unit dosages. The compounds disclosed herein can also be incorporated into liposomes or administered via transdermal pumps or patches. Pharmaceutical admixtures suitable for use in the pharmaceuticals compositions and methods disclosed herein include those described, for example, in PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (17th Ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa.) and WO 96/05309, the teachings of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

In some embodiments, preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives may also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, growth factors and inert gases and the like.

Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired. Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.

Also included are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.

The pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.

The quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation may be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 10000 mg, more typically 1.0 mg to 1000 mg, most typically 10 mg to 500 mg, according to the particular application and the potency of the active component. The composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.

Some compounds may have limited solubility in water and therefore may require a surfactant or other appropriate co-solvent in the composition. Such co-solvents include: Polysorbate 20, 60, and 80; Pluronic F-68, F-84, and P-103; cyclodextrin; and polyoxyl 35 castor oil. Such co-solvents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.

Viscosity greater than that of simple aqueous solutions may be desirable to decrease variability in dispensing the formulations, to decrease physical separation of components of a suspension or emulsion of formulation, and/or otherwise to improve the formulation. Such viscosity building agents include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl cellulose, chondroitin sulfate and salts thereof, hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and combinations of the foregoing. Such agents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.

The compositions disclosed herein may additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort. Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides, and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.

By the present, there are provided methods for ameliorating wound healing and for mediating tissue repair (including but not limited to treatment of peripheral and coronary vascular disease). According to these methods, a subject having a wound or in need of tissue repair, is treated at the site of the wound or damaged tissue or treated systemically, with a compound disclosed herein in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt.

Generally, the terms “treating”, “treatment” and the like are used herein to mean affecting a subject, tissue or cell to obtain a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect. The effect may be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing a disease or disorder or sign or symptom thereof, and/or may be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure for a disorder and/or adverse effect attributable to it, e.g. pulmonary embolism following a medical procedure. “Treating” as used herein covers any treatment of, or prevention of a disease or disorder in a vertebrate, a mammal, particularly a human, and includes: (a) preventing the disease or disorder from occurring in a subject that may be predisposed to the disease or disorder, but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease or disorder, i. e., arresting its development; or (c) relieving or ameliorating the disease or disorder, i. e., cause regression of the disease or disorder.

There are provided various pharmaceutical compositions useful for ameliorating certain diseases and disorders, as set forth above. The pharmaceutical compositions according to one embodiment are prepared by formulating a compound disclosed herein in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt, either alone or together with other pharmaceutical agents, suitable for administration to a subject using carriers, excipients and additives or auxiliaries. Frequently used carriers or auxiliaries include magnesium carbonate, titanium dioxide, lactose, mannitol and other sugars, talc, milk protein, gelatin, starch, vitamins, cellulose and its derivatives, animal and vegetable oils, polyethylene glycols and solvents, such as sterile water, alcohols, glycerol and polyhydric alcohols. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers.

Preservatives include antimicrobial, anti-oxidants, chelating agents and inert gases. Other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include aqueous solutions, non-toxic excipients, including salts, preservatives, buffers and the like, as described, for instance, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th ed. Easton: Mack Publishing Co., 1405-1412, 1461-1487 (1975) and The National Formulary XIV., 14th ed. Washington: American Pharmaceutical Association (1975), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The pH and exact concentration of the various components of the pharmaceutical composition are adjusted according to routine skills in the art. See e.g., Goodman and Gilman (eds.), 1990, THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS FOR THERAPEUTICS (7th ed.).

The pharmaceutical compositions are preferably prepared and administered in dose units. Solid dose units are tablets, capsules and suppositories. For treatment of a subject, depending on activity of the compound, manner of administration, nature and severity of the disease or disorder, age and body weight of the subject, different daily doses can be used.

Under certain circumstances, however, higher or lower daily doses may be appropriate. The administration of the daily dose can be carried out both by single administration in the form of an individual dose unit or else several smaller dose units and also by multiple administrations of subdivided doses at specific intervals.

The pharmaceutical compositions contemplated herein may be administered locally or systemically in a therapeutically effective dose. Amounts effective for this use will, of course, depend on the severity of the disease or disorder and the weight and general state of the subject. Typically, dosages used in vitro may provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of the pharmaceutical composition, and animal models may be used to determine effective dosages for treatment of particular disorders.

Various considerations are described, e. g., in Langer, 1990, Science, 249: 1527; Goodman and Gilman's (eds.), 1990, Id., each of which is herein incorporated by reference and for all purposes. Dosages for parenteral administration of active pharmaceutical agents can be converted into corresponding dosages for oral administration by multiplying parenteral dosages by appropriate conversion factors. As to general applications, the parenteral dosage in mg/mL times 1.8=the corresponding oral dosage in milligrams (“mg”). As to oncology applications, the parenteral dosage in mg/mL times 1.6=the corresponding oral dosage in mg. An average adult weighs about 70 kg. See e.g., Miller-Keane, 1992, ENCYCLOPEDIA & DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE, NURSING & ALLIED HEALTH, 5th Ed., (W. B. Saunders Co.), pp. 1708 and 1651.

The method by which the compound disclosed herein may be administered for oral use would be, for example, in a hard gelatin capsule wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, or soft gelatin capsule, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with a co-solvent mixture, such as PEG 400 containing Tween-20. A compound disclosed herein may also be administered in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous solution or suspension. The compound can generally be administered intravenously or as an oral dose of 0.1 μg to 20 mg/kg given, for example, every 3-24 hours.

Formulations for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They may also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspension. Such excipients may be (1) suspending agent such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; (2) dispersing or wetting agents which may be (a) naturally occurring phosphatide such as lecithin; (b) a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, for example, polyoxyethylene stearate; (c) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, for example, heptadecaethylenoxycetanol; (d) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or (e) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.

A compound disclosed herein may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.

The compounds disclosed herein as used in the methods disclosed herein may also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.

For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds disclosed herein, are employed.

In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water or common organic solvents. Such solvates are encompassed within the scope of the methods contemplated herein.

B. Effective Dosages

Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein include compositions wherein the active ingredient is contained in a therapeutically effective amount, i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. The actual amount effective for a particular application will depend, inter alia, on the condition being treated. For example, when administered in methods to treat thrombosis, such compositions will contain an amount of active ingredient effective to achieve the desired result (such as, e.g., decreasing the extent of the thrombosis).

The dosage and frequency (single or multiple doses) of compound administered can vary depending upon a variety of factors, including route of administration; size, age, sex, health, body weight, body mass index, and diet of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms of the disease being treated (e.g., the disease responsive to inhibition of thrombin); presence of other diseases or other health-related problems; kind of concurrent treatment; and complications from any disease or treatment regimen. Other therapeutic regimens or agents can be used in conjunction with the methods and compounds disclosed herein.

For any compound described herein, the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from a variety of techniques known in the art, e.g., biochemical characterization of inhibition of thrombin, cell culture assays, and the like. Target concentrations will be those concentrations of active compound(s) that are capable of decreasing thrombin enzymatic activity as measured, for example, using the methods described.

Therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans may be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals. The dosage in humans can be adjusted by monitoring thrombin inhibition and adjusting the dosage upwards or downwards, as described above.

Dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed. The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the methods disclosed herein, should be sufficient to affect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. In some embodiments of a method disclosed herein, the dosage range is 0.001% to 10% w/v. In some embodiments, the dosage range is 0.1% to 5% w/v.

Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a therapeutic regimen that is commensurate with the severity of the individual's disease state.

Utilizing the teachings provided herein, an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned that does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is entirely effective to treat the clinical symptoms demonstrated by the particular patient. This planning should involve the careful choice of active compound by considering factors such as compound potency, relative bioavailability, patient body weight, presence and severity of adverse side effects, preferred mode of administration, and the toxicity profile of the selected agent.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, dosage levels of the compounds disclosed herein as used in the present methods are of the order of e.g., about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg, about 1 mg to about 10 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 20 mg per kilogram body weight, an average adult weighing 70 kilograms, with a preferred dosage range between about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg per kilogram body weight per day (from about 7.0 mg to about 1.4 gm per patient per day). The amount of the compound disclosed herein that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain about 5 μg to 1 g of a compound disclosed herein with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material that may vary from about 5 to 95 percent of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 0.1 mg to 500 mg of a compound disclosed herein.

It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.

C. Toxicity

The ratio between toxicity and therapeutic effect for a particular compound is its therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio between LD₅₀ (the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population) and ED₅₀ (the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population). Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. Therapeutic index data obtained from in vitro assays, cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosages for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds preferably lies within a range of plasma concentrations that include the ED₅₀ with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. See, e.g. Fingl et al., In: THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS, Ch. 1, p. 1, 1975. The exact formulation, route of administration, and dosage can be chosen by the individual practitioner in view of the patient's condition and the particular method in which the compound is used. For in vitro formulations, the exact formulation and dosage can be chosen by the individual practitioner in view of the patient's condition and the particular method in which the compound is used.

VII. Examples

The examples below are meant to illustrate certain embodiments of the invention and not to limit the scope of the invention. Abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning in the art, unless indicated otherwise. Specific abbreviations include the following: Å=Angstrom; Ac₂O=acetic anhydride; AcOH=acetic acid; aq=aqueous; Bt=benzotriazole; BOC=N-tert-butoxycarbonyl; br=broad; t-BuOH=tert-butanol; ° C.=degree Celsius; d=doublet; DABCO=1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; DCE=1,2-dichloroethane; DCM=dichloromethane; dd=doublet of doublets; DIEA=diethylisopropylamine; DMAP=4-dimethylaminopyridine; DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide; DMSO=dimethylsulfoxide; 6=chemical shift (given in ppm, unless otherwise indicated); EDCI=1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide; eq=equivalent; Et₂O=diethyl ether; Et₃N=triethylamine; EtOAc=ethyl acetate; EtOH=ethanol; g=gram; h (or hr)=hour; HOBt=hydroxybenzotriazole; HPLC=high performance liquid chromatography; Hz=Hertz; IC₅₀=inhibitory concentration at 50% inhibition; J=coupling constant (given in Hz, unless otherwise indicated); LC=liquid chromatography; LHMDS=lithium hexamethyldisilazide; m=multiplet; M=molar; [M+H]⁺=parent mass spectrum peak plus H⁺; MS=mass spectrum; ms=molecular sieves; MP=melting point; Me₂NH=dimethylamine; MeOH=methanol; mg=milligram; mL=milliliter; mM=millimolar; mmol=millimole; min=minute; μL=microliter; μM=micromolar; ng=nanogram; nM=nanomolar; NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance; ppm=parts per million; q=quartet; R_(f)=retention factor; RT=room temperature; s=singlet; t=triplet; TFA=trifluoroacetic acid; THF=tetrahydrofuran; TLC=thin layer chromatography.

Example 1 Preparation of Cmpd 1

General Scheme I.

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme I following, wherein the term “Ar” in General Scheme I refers to substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and the terms “R¹” and “R²” are as defined above.

The synthesis of Cmpd 1 followed General Procedure 1 following.

A solution of nicotinic acid (9.9 g, 80.9 mmol) in water (30 mL) was added slowly portion-wise to a previously stirred mixture of aminoguanidine sulfate (10 g, 73.5 mmol) in concentrated H₂SO₄ (8.8 mL, 162 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 140° C. for 72 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and neutralized with saturated aqueous K₂CO₃ (30 mL), and the resultant solid was filtered. The residue was washed with water (2×30 mL), Et₂O (2×30 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford Cmpd 1 (4.6 g, 39%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.23 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.52 (m, 1H), 6.19 (s, 2H); MS: 162 [M+H]⁺; MP: 234-236° C.; TLC: 20% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 2 Preparation of Cmpd 2

General Procedure 1 was followed to obtain Cmpd 2 (8.5 g, 46%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.60 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.37 (br s, 1H), 5.79 (br s, 2H); MS: 162 [M+H]⁺; MP: 218-220° C.; TLC: 20% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 3 Preparation of Cmpd 3

General Procedure 1 was followed to obtain Cmpd 3 (12 g, 67%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.35 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 7.76-7.78 (m, 2H), 6.23 (s, 2H); MS: 162 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 4 Preparation of Cmpd 4

The synthesis of Cmpd 4 followed the procedure of General Procedure 2 following.

4-Fluorobenzaldehyde (3.1 g, 24.8 mmol, 2 eq) and molecular sieves (4 Å powder) were added to a solution of Cmpd 1 (2 g, 12.4 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) at RT and refluxed for 8 h. Then was added a catalytic quantity of AcOH, NaCNBH₃ (1.6 g, 24.8 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. and with stirring for 15 h at RT. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a Celite® pad to remove inorganic materials. The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×20 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient of 0-10% MeOH—CHCl₃ as the eluent to afford Cmpd 4 (1.7 g, 51%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.50 (s, 1H), 9.06 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.17-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.12-7.19 (m, 2H), 4.40 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H); MS: 270 [M+H]⁺; MP: 185-186° C.; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 5 Preparation of Intermediate 1

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 1 (80 mg). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.53 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.50-8.54 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.62 (m, 6H), 4.44 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 6 Preparation of Intermediate 2

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 2 (75 mg). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.51 (s, 1H), 9.06 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.17-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.45 (m, 6H), 4.49 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 7 Preparation of Intermediate 3

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 3 (180 mg). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.57 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.54-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.18 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.95 (m, 6H), 4.52 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 8 Preparation of Cmpd 5

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Cmpd 5 (2.8 g, 60%). MS: 252 [M+H]⁺; MP: 226-228° C.; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 9 Preparation of Cmpd 6

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Cmpd 6 (1.6 g, 48%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 13.15 (br s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.02-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.84 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); MS: 270 [M+H]⁺; MP: 219-220° C.; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 10 Preparation of Intermediate 4

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 4 (1.4 g, 42%). MS: 270 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 11 Preparation of Intermediate 5

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 5 (1.3 g, 38%). MS: 282 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 12 Preparation of Cmpd 7

The synthesis of Cmpd 7 followed General Procedure 3 following.

Propionyl chloride (39 μL, 0.44 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added to a solution of Cmpd 4 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) in triethylamine (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 7 (40 mg, 33%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.14 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.66-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.28-8.34 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); MS: 326 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 13 Preparation of Cmpd 8

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 8 (50 mg, 51%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.13 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.65-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.42 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27-8.29 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.06-7.10 (m, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 326 [M+H]⁺; MP: 140-142° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 14 Preparation of Cmpd 9

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 9 (35 mg, 38%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.12 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.65-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.32 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.33 (m, 3H), 4.73 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 326 [M+H]⁺; MP: 142-144° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 15 Preparation of Cmpd 10

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 10 (25 mg, 20%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.50-8.67 (m, 2H), 8.26 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.62 (m, 3H), 4.73 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 333 [M+H]⁺; MP: 143-145° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.65.

Example 16 Preparation of Cmpd 11

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 11 (48 mg, 35%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (br s, 1H), 8.13-8.23 (m, 3H), 7.92-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.52 (m, 6H), 6.88-6.89 (m, 1H), 4.74 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); MS: 346 [M+H]⁺; MP: 143-145° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 17 Preparation of Cmpd 12

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 12 (25 mg, 16%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.65 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (br s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.48 (m, 11H), 4.67 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.03 (m, 2H); MS: 384 [M+H]⁺; MP: 118-120° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 18 Preparation of Cmpd 13

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 13 (40 mg, 28%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.72 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.47-8.54 (m, 2H), 8.12-8.23 (m, 2H), 7.94-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.16 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.71 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H); MS: 380 [M+H]⁺; MP: 159-160° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 19 Preparation of Cmpd 14

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 14 (48 mg, 46%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.68-8.70 (m, 3H), 8.14-8.16 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.73 (m, 5H), 7.18 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); MS: 374 [M+H]⁺; MP: 174-178° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 20 Preparation of Cmpd 15

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 15 (20 mg, 14%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.19 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.63-8.73 (m, 3H), 8.00 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 7.72-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.17 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); MS: 380 [M+H]⁺; MP: 187-188° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 21 Preparation of Cmpd 16

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 16 (35 mg, 36%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 8.38 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H); MS: 366 [M+H]⁺; MP: 143-146° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 22 Preparation of Cmpd 17

The synthesis of Cmpd 17 followed General Procedure 4 following.

A solution of Cmpd 4 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) was added to a solution of morpholinecarbonyl chloride (86 μL, 0.74 mmol, 2 eq), DABCO (124 mg, 1.11 mmol, 3 eq) in DMF (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×5 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to get a crude residue. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-50% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 17 (33 mg, 23%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, J=8.8, 2H), 4.59 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70-3.99 (m, 8H); MS: 383 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 23 Preparation of Cmpd 18 [General Procedure 5]

The synthesis of Cmpd 18 followed General Procedure 5 following.

2-Fluorophenyl isocyanate (29 μL, 0.26 mmol, 0.7 eq) was added to a solution of Cmpd 4 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at RT for 6 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×5 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to get crude a residue. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 18 (60 mg, 39%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.94 (s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.34-8.36 (m, 1H), 8.11-8.14 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.38 (m, 5H), 4.64 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H); MS: 407 [M+H]⁺; MP: 157-159° C.; TLC: 40% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 24 Preparation of Cmpd 19

A solution of Cmpd 4 (200 mg, 0.74 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) was added to a solution of triphosgene (100 mg, 0.37 mmol, 0.5 eq) in THF (3 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction re-cooled to 0° C., added methylamine (2.47 mL, 3M solution in THF, 7.43 mmol, 10 eq), sealed the reaction vessel, and stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×30 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-50% EtOAc-hexane as eluent to afford Cmpd 19 (70 mg, 34%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.16 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.64-8.66 (m, 1H), 8.24-8.29 (m, 2H), 8.01 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.61 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.81 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H); MS: 327 [M+H]⁺; MP: 154-158° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 25 Preparation of Cmpd 20

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 20 (44 mg, 40%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.14 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.65-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.29 (m, 1H), 8.13 (t, J=6.2, 1H), 7.47-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H); MS: 328 [M+H]⁺; MP: 134-137° C.; TLC: 60% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 26 Preparation of Cmpd 21

General Scheme II. A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme II following, wherein the term “X” in General Scheme II refers to halogen, e.g., Cl, Br, “base” is a base known in the art, e.g., K₂CO₃, Et₃N, and the like, and “R” is a substituent as disclosed herein, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.

Synthesis of Cmpd 21 followed General Procedure 6 following.

2-Bromoacetophenone (44 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added to a solution of Cmpd 4 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol), K₂CO₃ (102 mg, 0.74 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) at RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-5% MeOH/CHCl₃ as the eluent to afford Cmpd 21 (25 mg, 17%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.06 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.55-8.57 (m, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=7.0, 2H), 7.59-7.75 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.29 (m, 3H), 5.74 (s, 2H), 4.52 (d, J=5.7, 2H); MS: 388 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 27 Preparation of Cmpd 22

A useful scheme for the preparation of compounds of the type of Cmpd 22 is Provided in Scheme 1 following.

A detailed description of the preparation of Intermediate 6 and Cmpd 22 follows.

Phenylacetaldehyde (0.29 mL, 2.48 mmol, 2 eq), molecular sieves (4 Å powder), AcOH (0.1 mL, 2.48 mmol, 2 eq), and Na(OAc)₃BH (655 mg, 7.71 mmol, 6.2 eq) at 0° C. were added to a solution of Cmpd 1 (200 mg, 1.24 mmol) in DCE (10 mL) and stirred at RT for 18 h. The solvent was distilled-off and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude Intermediate 6 (220 mg) which was used without additional purification. TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 22 (13 mg, 5%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.34 (m, 5H), 3.70 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.95-3.07 (m, 4H), 1.14 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 322 [M+H]⁺; MP: 98-100° C.; TLC: 60% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 28 Preparation of Cmpd 23

A useful scheme for the preparation of compounds of the type of Cmpd 23 is provided in Scheme 2 following.

A detailed description of the preparation of Intermediates 7-9 and Cmpd 23 follows.

A mixture of 2-bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (4.5 g, 22.9 mmol), morpholine (2.0 g, 22.9 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (6.34 g, 45.9 mmol, 2 eq) was stirred at 120° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to get crude a residue. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-50% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 7 (2.6 g, 56%) as a pale yellow liquid. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃) δ 4.64 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.70 (m, 6H), 3.50-3.58 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.55 (m, 6H), 1.20 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H); TLC: 60% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

A solution of Intermediate 7 (600 mg, 2.95 mmol) dissolved in concentrated aqueous HCl (4 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, made alkaline (pH ˜10) with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and the resulting solution was extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude Intermediate 8 (340 mg) as a colorless oil which was used without additional purification. TLC: 60% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Intermediate 8 (320 mg, 2.48 mmol, 2 eq) and molecular sieves (4 Å powder) were added to a solution of Cmpd 1 (200 mg, 1.24 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at −20° C. and the resulting solution was stirred at RT. After 16 h, added AcOH (1 mL) and NaCNBH₃ (156 mg, 2.48 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at RT. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (75 mL) and filtered through a Celite pad to remove inorganic materials. The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×10 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient of 0-80% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 9 (210 mg). TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 23 (10 mg, 4%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.51-7.54 (m, 1H), 3.58 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 6H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.59 (m, 6H), 1.15 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 331 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 29 Preparation of Cmpd 24

A useful scheme for the preparation of compounds of the type of Cmpd 24 is provided in Scheme 3 following.

A detailed description of the preparation of Intermediates 10-13 and Cmpd 24 follows.

A solution of cyanogen bromide (1.3 g, 12.6 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) was added portion-wise slowly to a mixture of benzotriazole (3 g, 25.2 mmol, 2 eq) in EtOH (50 mL) followed by 10% aqueous NaOH (6 mL, 12.6 mmol, 1 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at RT for 30 min. Solid formation was observed. The solid was filtered and washed with cold EtOH. The resulting material was recrystallized from benzene to afford Intermediate 10 (2.2 g, 33%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.76 (s, 1H), 8.29-8.39 (m, 2H), 7.86-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.72 (m, 4H), MS: 264 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Dimethylamine (1.59 mL, 7.60 mmol, 1 eq) was added to Intermediate 10 (2 g, 7.60 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at RT and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 24 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in DCM (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with 10% Na₂CO₃ (3×5 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Intermediate 11 (1.2 g, 71%) as a light yellow liquid which was used without additional purification. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.17 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.53 (m, 1H), 2.87 (s, 6H); MS: 190 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Oxalyl chloride (2 mL, 23.3 mmol, 1.4 eq) was added to a solution of nicotinic acid (2 g, 16.3 mmol) in DCM followed by catalytic amount of DMF (0.5 mL) at 0° C. and stirred for 5 h at RT. The solvent was then evaporated to afford nicotinic acid chloride as a yellow solid. Nicotinic acid chloride (1.1 g, 7.93 mmol, 1.5 eq) was then added to a solution of Intermediate 11 (1 g, 5.29 mmol) in CHCl₃ (30 mL) followed by Et₃N (0.7 mL, 5.29 mmol, 1 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT for stir for 18 h. The mixture was then diluted with CHCl₃ (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-50% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 12 (900 mg, 60%) as a white solid. MS: 295 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in DCM: R_(f): 0.40.

Hydrazine hydrate (5 mL) was added solution of Intermediate 12 (900 mg, 25.2 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL) at RT and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 24 h. The mixture was diluted with excess CHCl₃ (20 mL). The organic layer was then washed with water (15 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was partially purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-50% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 13 (150 mg) as a thick brown mass. MS: 190 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.30.

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 24 (13 mg, 6%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=7.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.04-3.14 (m, 8H), 1.15 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 246 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in DCM: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 30 Triazolyl Ring Formation

A general chemical scheme which includes the formation of the triazolyl ring is provided in General Scheme III following, wherein “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

Example 31 Preparation of Cmpd 25

Synthesis of Cmpd 25 followed General Procedure 7 following.

2-Furoyl chloride (7.9 mL, 75.2 mmol) was added to a solution of aminoguanidine sulfate (10 g, 75.2 mmol, 1 eq) in pyridine (50 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir at RT for 14 h before being neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL), extracted with t-BuOH (3×100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then dissolved in water (150 mL) and stirred at 100° C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and extracted with EtOAc (5×100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford Cmpd 25 (3.5 g, 31%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.17 (br s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J=2.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (br s, 2H); MS: 151 [M+H]⁺; MP: 202-204° C.; TLC: 20% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 32 Preparation of Intermediate 14

General Procedure 7 was followed to obtain crude Intermediate 14 (2.2 g). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.07 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.09 (br s, 2H); MS: 167 [M+H]⁺; MP: 206-208° C.; TLC: 20% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 33 Preparation of Intermediate 15

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 15 (350 mg, 25%). MS: 259 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 34 Preparation of Intermediate 16

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 16 (500 mg, 38%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.27 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.47 (m, 4H), 7.07-22 (m, 4H), 4.37 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); MS: 275 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.25.

Example 35 Preparation of Cmpd 26

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 26 (20 mg, 17%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.51 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.06-7.21 (m, 4H), 6.94 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (m, 1H), 4.64 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS: 393 [M+H]⁺; MP: 150-152° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 36 Preparation of Cmpd 27

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 27 (25 mg, 21%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.47 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.63 (m, 6H), 7.06-7.22 (m, 5H), 4.65 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS: 409 [M+H]⁺; MP: 151-152° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 37 Preparation of Cmpd 28

A general chemical scheme for the formation of compounds of the type of Cmpd 28 is provided in General Scheme IV following, wherein “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

A detailed description of the preparation of Intermediates 17, 18 and Cmpd 28 follows.

Oxalyl chloride (5.4 mL, 61.0 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DMF (3 mL) was added sequentially to a solution of nicotinic acid (5 g, 40.7 mmol) in dry DCM (300 mL) at RT. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. The solvent was removed and co-distilled with dry toluene (2×50 mL) and to afford 5 g of crude nicotinic acid chloride (5 g, 35.5 mmol). This material was added slowly portion-wise to a solution of thiosemicarbazide (5 g, 54.9 mmol, 1.5 eq) in pyridine (50 mL) at 0° C. over a period of 1 h and then allowed to stir at RT for 14 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (30 mL) and extracted with t-BuOH (3×100 mL) and dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in water (20 mL) along with 10% aqueous KOH (50 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 100° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and neutralized with 10% aqueous AcOH (60 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2×150 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude Intermediate 17 (1.2 g) as an off-white solid. MS: 179 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.30.

4-Flourobenzyl bromide (0.12 mL, 1.01 mmol, 0.6 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 17 (300 mg, 1.68 mmol) in water (5 mL) and THF (15 mL) at −10° C. and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at −10° C. for 8 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (15 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient mixture of 0-10% MeOH—CHCl₃ as the eluent to afford Intermediate 18 (110 mg, 23%) as an off-white solid. MS: 287 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 28 (20 mg, 30%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.67 (m, 5H), 7.09-7.25 (m, 4H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H); MS: 421 [M+H]⁺; MP: 108-112° C.; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 38 Preparation of Intermediate 19

2-Thiophene carboxylic acid chloride (6.5 mL, 60.4 mmol) was added slowly portion-wise to a solution of thiosemicarbazide (5 g, 54.9 mmol, 1.1 eq) in pyridine (50 mL) at 0° C. over a period of 1 h and then allowed to stir at RT for 14 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL) and extracted with t-BuOH (3×100 mL) and dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in water (30 mL) along with 10% aqueous KOH (60 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 100° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and neutralized with 10% aqueous AcOH, extracted with EtOAc (2×150 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude Intermediate 19 (1.2 g) as an off-white solid. MS: 184 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 39 Preparation of Intermediate 20

A solution of methyl iodide (65 μL, 1.04 mmol, 1.6 eq) in EtOH (2 mL) was added to a solution of Intermediate 19 (120 mg, 0.66 mmol) in 1M aqueous NaOH (3 mL) at RT and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then neutralized with 10% aqueous AcOH (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (5 mL), brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient mixture of 0-10% MeOH—CHCl₃ as the eluent to afford Intermediate 20 (90 mg, 70%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 14.19 (br s, 1H), 7.62-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 1H), 2.60 (s, 3H); MS: 198 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 40 Preparation of Cmpd 29

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 29 (30 mg, 29%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 7.72 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.24 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H); MS: 332 [M+H]⁺; MP: 165-167° C.; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 41 Preparation of Cmpd 30

A general chemical scheme for the formation of compounds of the type of Cmpd 30 is provided in General Scheme V following, wherein “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

A detailed description of the preparation of Intermediates 21, 22 and Cmpd 30 follows.

Thionyl chloride (5.43 mL, 74.9 mmol, 3.2 eq) was added to a cold solution of 5-amino-[1,2,4]triazole-3-carboxylic acid (3 g, 23.4 mmol) in MeOH (21 mL) at RT and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 24 h. The solvent was then removed and the crude residue was recrystallized from a mixture of MeOH-Et₂O to afford Intermediate 21 (3.5 g, 98%) as an HCl salt. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.62 (s, 1H), 6.23 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H); MS: 143 [M+H]⁺; MP: 240-241° C.; TLC: 15% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.50.

Benzaldehyde (0.7 mL, 6.74 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 21 (600 mg, 3.37 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) and the resulting solution was allowed to stir for 6 h at 75° C. NaCNBH₃ (424 mg, 6.74 mmol, 2 eq) was then added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 16 h at RT. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography over silica (100-200 mesh) using a gradient mixture of 10-40% of EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 22 (120 mg, 15%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.87 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.38 (m, 7H), 4.39 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.10 (m, 1H); MS: 233 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.70.

General Procedure 3 was followed to obtain Cmpd 30 (25 mg, 47%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.56 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.41 (m, 5H), 4.67 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H); MS: 371 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 42 Preparation of Cmpd 31

2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride (0.33 mL, 2.46 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 21 (400 mg, 2.24 mmol) in Et₃N (6 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C. and allowed to stir for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and extracted with DCM (3×40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (40 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using a gradient mixture of 0-6% MeOH—CHCl₃ as the eluent to afford Cmpd 31 (80 mg, 12%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 14.36 (s, 1H), 12.37 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.67 (m, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H); MS: 281 [M+H]⁺; MP: 100-101° C.; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 43 Preparation of Cmpd 32

2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride (0.24 mL, 1.80 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 21 (300 mg, 1.68 mmol) in pyridine (6 mL) at 0° C. The resulting solution was warmed to RT and allowed to stir for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and extracted with CHCl₃ (3×40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (40 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using a gradient mixture of 0-6% MeOH—CHCl₃ as the eluent to afford Cmpd 32 (99 mg, 21%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.64 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS: 281 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 44 Preparation of Cmpd 33

General Scheme VI.

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein including Cmpd 33 is disclosed in General Scheme VI following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

A description of the synthesis of Intermediates 23-28 and Cmpd 33 follows. Synthesis of Intermediate 23 followed General Procedure 8 following.

Preparation of Intermediate 23 [General Procedure 8]

General procedure 8 was followed in the preparation of Intermediate 23.

Thionyl chloride (3.55 mL, 48.4 mmol, 3 eq) was added drop-wise to a solution of pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid (2 g, 16.1 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 14 h. The mixture was then cooled to RT and made alkaline with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ to pH 8. The basic solution was then extracted with EtOAc (4×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Intermediate 23 (1.7 g, 77%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.40 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J=5.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS: 153 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 40% hexane in EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

General Procedure 8 was followed to obtain crude Intermediate 24 (950 mg, 86%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.43 (s, 1H), 9.26 (s, 2H), 4.39 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); TLC: 40% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Preparation of Intermediate 25 [General Procedure 9]

General Procedure 9 was followed in the preparation of Intermediate 25.

Intermediate 23 (1.6 g, 10.5 mmol) was added drop-wise to a vigorously stirring mixture of aminoguanidine sulfate (10.3 g, 42.1 mmol, 4 eq) in freshly prepared NaOMe (using 968 mg, 42.1 mmol of Na in 28 mL of dry MeOH) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h. The mixture was then cooled to RT, carefully poured over ice cold water (20 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified over neutral alumina using 4-10% MeOH—CHCl₃ as the eluent to give Intermediate 25 (500 mg, 26%). MS: 163 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.20.

General Procedure 9 was followed to obtain Intermediate 26 (500 mg, 45%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.44 (br s, 1H), 9.17-9.18 (m, 3H), 6.32 (s, 2H); TLC: 20% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.20.

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 27 (210 mg, 34%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.80 (s, 1H), 9.18 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.40 (m, 5H), 4.44 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H); TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.30.

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 28 (160 mg, 20%). MS: 253 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.30.

Preparation of Cmpd 33 [General Procedure 10]

General Procedure 10 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 33.

2-Methoxybenzoyl chloride (72 μL, 0.54 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 27 (70 mg, 0.27 mmol) in Et₃N (0.18 mL, 1.35 mmol) and DCM (3 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), water (2×5 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using a gradient mixture of 0-70% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 33 (45 mg, 29%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.60 (m, 10H), 4.72 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS: 387 [M+H]⁺; MP: 192-195° C.; TLC: 40% hexane in EtOAc: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 45 Preparation of Cmpd 34

General Procedure 10 was followed by preparative HPLC purification to obtain Cmpd 34 (30 mg, 16%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.11 (s, 2H), 8.64 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.60 (m, 9H), 4.71 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H); MS: 387 [M+H]⁺; MP: 154-157° C.; TLC: 40% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.20.

Example 46 Preparation of Cmpd 35

General Scheme VII. A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein including Cmpd 35 is disclosed in General Scheme VII following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

A description of the synthesis of Intermediates 29, 30 and Cmpd 35 follows.

Oxalyl chloride (2.36 mL, 24.2 mmol, 1.5 eq) and a catalytic quantity of DMF were added to a solution of pyrimidine-2-carboxylic acid (2 g, 16.1 mmol) in dry DCM (30 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 3 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was thoroughly dried to afford pyrimidine-2-carboxylic acid chloride (2.1 g, 14.8 mmol) as a black solid. The crude material was added portion-wise to a solution of aminoguanidine sulfate (5.5 g, 22.2 mmol, 1.5 eq) in pyridine (20 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 14 h. The mixture was then neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, extracted with t-BuOH (5×50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was dissolved in water (45 mL) and the resulting solution was heated to 100° C. for 24 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to RT, extracted with t-BuOH (5×30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Intermediate 29 (650 mg, 25%) as off-white solid. TLC: 30% MeOH in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.20.

General Procedure 2 was followed to obtain Intermediate 30 (120 mg, 17%). MS: 253 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.30.

General Procedure 10 was followed to obtain Cmpd 35 (32 mg, 21%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.86 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 8.44 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.59 (m, 10H), 4.73 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS: 387 [M+H]⁺; MP: 203-205° C.; TLC: 40% hexane in EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 47 Preparation of Cmpd 36

General Scheme VIII. A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein including Cmpd 36 is disclosed in General Scheme VII following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

Preparation of Intermediate 31

General Procedure 11 was followed in the preparation of Intermediate 31.

4-Fluorobenzaldehyde (0.54 mL, 5.03 mmol, 2 eq) and molecular sieves (4 Å powder) were added to a solution of 3-amino-5-phenylpyrazole (400 mg, 2.51 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) at RT and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux. After 8 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and AcOH (0.4 mL) and NaCNBH₃ (316 mg, 5.03 mmol, 2 eq) were added. The mixture was then allowed to warm to RT and stir for 15 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered through a Celite pad to remove inorganic materials. The filtrate was then washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×20 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient of 0-50% EtOAc-petroleum ether as the eluent to afford Intermediate 31 (240 mg, 36%) as an off white solid. MS: 268 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.60.

Preparation of Cmpd 36

General Procedure 12 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 36.

Pivaloyl chloride (32 μL, 0.26 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 31 (60 mg, 0.22 mmol) in triethylamine (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-10% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 36 (23 mg, 29%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 7.79-7.84 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.17 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H); MS: 352 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 48 Preparation of Intermediate 32

General Procedure 11 was followed to afford Intermediate 32 (200 mg, 24%). MS: 269 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 49 Preparation of Cmpd 37

General Procedure 12 was followed to afford Cmpd 37 (10 mg, 15%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.99 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (dd, J=4.9, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.83 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H); MS: 353 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 50 Preparation of Intermediate 33

General Procedure 11 was followed to afford Intermediate 33 (35 mg, 44%). MS: 282 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 51 Preparation of Cmpd 38

General Procedure 12 was followed to afford Cmpd 38 (6 mg, 7%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 7.56-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.49 (m, 6H), 7.18 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H); MS: 366 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.70.

Example 52 Preparation of Cmpd 39

General Scheme IX.

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein including Cmpd 39 is disclosed in General Scheme IX following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

A description of the syntheses of Intermediates 34-37 and Cmpd 39 follows.

Preparation of Intermediate 34 [General Procedure 13]

General Procedure 13 was followed in the preparation of Intermediate 34.

Thionyl chloride (5.4 mL, 73.2 mmol, 3 eq) was added to a solution of picolinic acid (3 g, 24.4 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was heated to reflux and allowed to stir for 2 h. The mixture was then cooled and the solvent was evaporated. The resulting residue was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using DCM as the eluent to afford Intermediate 34 (3 g, 81%) as a colorless liquid. MS: 152 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 10% MeOH/NH₃ in CHCl₃: R_(f): 0.70.

Preparation of Intermediate 35 [General Procedure 14]

General Procedure 14 was followed in the preparation of Intermediate 35.

A solution of Intermediate 34 (3 g, 19.6 mmol) and CH₃CN (0.8 mL, 19.6 mmol, 1 eq) in dry toluene (10 mL) was slowly added to a mixture of NaH (784 mg, 19.6 mmol, 1 eq, 60% in mineral oil) in toluene (50 mL) at 65° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 65° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to RT and quenched with ice cold water (20 mL). The resulting solid was filtered to afford Intermediate 35 (1.5 g, 53%) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃) δ 8.70 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H); MS: 147 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

Preparation of Intermediate 36 [General Procedure 15]

General Procedure 15 was followed in the preparation of Intermediate 36.

Hydrazine hydrate (0.34 mL, 6.8 mmol, 1 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 35 (1 g, 6.8 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) at RT. The mixture was then heated to reflux and allowed to stir for 20 h. The solvent was then evaporated. The resulting crude material was triturated with Et₂O (2×20 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford Intermediate 36 (700 mg, 64%) as a brown liquid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.53 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.84 (br s, 2H); MS: 161 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.20.

General Procedure 11 was followed to afford Intermediate 37 (450 mg). MS: 269 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

General Procedure 12 was followed to afford Cmpd 39 (40 mg, 30%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.58 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.98 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.18 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H); MS: 353 [M+H]⁺; MP: 102-103° C.; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.60.

Example 53 Preparation of Cmpd 40

General Procedure 12 was followed to afford Cmpd 40 (38 mg, 29%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.58 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.17 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 325 [M+H]⁺; MP: 106-108° C.; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 54 Preparation of Cmpd 41

General Procedure 12 was followed to afford Cmpd 41 (30 mg, 20%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.55 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.63 (m, 6H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); MS: 407 [M+H]⁺, 409 [M+2+H]⁺; MP: 137-136° C.; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 55 General Scheme X

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme X following, wherein the term “R” is each occurrence is independently “R¹” and “R²” as defined in Example 1, and “Ar¹” and “Ar²” are defined as “Ar” in Example 1.

Example 56 Preparation of Cmpd 42 [General Procedure 16]

General Procedure 16 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 42.

2-Chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride (122 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1 eq) and Et₃N (95 μL, 0.68 mmol, 1 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 35 (100 mg, 0.68 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL). The resulting solution was heated to reflux and allowed to stir for 2 h. The solvent was then evaporated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-70% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 42 (70 mg, 37%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.56 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.84 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H); MS: 271 [M+H]⁺, 273 [M+2+H]⁺; MP: 134-137° C.; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.20.

Example 57 Preparation of Cmpd 43 [General Procedure 17]

General Procedure 17 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 43.

Oxalyl chloride (7.2 mL, 5.37 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DMF (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of 4-fluorobenzoic acid in DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 1 h. The volatiles were evaporated and the mixture was co-distilled with toluene (30 mL). The resulting material was dried under vacuum to afford crude 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (500 mg) as a colorless liquid, which was used without additional purification. 4-Fluorobenzoyl chloride (49 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.2 eq) and Et₃N (0.36 mL, 2.59 mmol, 10 eq) were added to a solution of Cmpd 42 (70 mg, 0.26 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) at RT and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted into EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×5 mL) brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-60% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 43 (25 mg, 25%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.57 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.68 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.06 (s, 1H); MS: 393 [M+H]⁺, 395 [M+2+H]⁺; MP: 186-188° C.; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 58 Preparation of Cmpd 44 [General Procedure 18]

General Procedure 18 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 44.

Sodium hydride (17.7 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1 eq, 60% in mineral oil) was added to a solution of Cmpd 42 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) and 4-fluorobenzyl bromide (30 μL, 0.22 mmol, 0.6 eq) in DMF (4 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted into EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×5 mL) brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-20% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 44 (25 mg, 13%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.57 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.15 (m, 8H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 3.96 (s, 4H); MS: 487 [M+H]+, 489 [M+2+H]⁺; MP: 113-117° C.; TLC: EtOAc: Rf: 0.60.

Example 59 Preparation of Cmpd 45 [General Procedure 19]

General Procedure 19 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 45.

4-Fluorobenzyl bromide (126 mg, 0.67 mmol, 0.6 eq) and K₂CO₃ (310 mg, 2.24 mmol, 2 eq) were added to a solution of Cmpd 42 (300 mg, 1.11 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) at RT. The resulting mixture was heated to 70° C. and allowed to stir for 8 h. The mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×5 mL) brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was partially purified by preparative-TLC using 40% EtOAc-hexane and subsequently by preparative-HPLC to afford Cmpd 45 (16 mg, 4%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.51 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.27 (m, 3H), 6.13 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H); MS: 379 [M+H]⁺, 381 [M+2+H]⁺; MP: 159-162° C.; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 60 General Scheme XI

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme XI following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

Example 61 Preparation of Intermediate 38

A solution of ethyl cyanoacetate (20 g, 176.8 mmol) and triethyl orthoformate (29.4 mL, 176.8 mmol) in acetic anhydride (100 mL) was heated to 140° C. and allowed to stir for 5 h. The solvent was then evaporated to afford crude Intermediate 38 (23 g, 76%) as low melting solid. MS: 170 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 62 Preparation of Intermediate 39

Sodium acetate (8.2 g, 100 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 38 (8.45 g, 50.0 mmol) and 2-hydrazinopyridine (5 g, 45.5 mmol, 0.9 eq) in AcOH (100 mL) and water (20 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at 110° C. and allowed to stir for 16 h. The mixture was then allowed to cool and ice-cold water was added. The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with Et₂O and dried under vacuum to afford Intermediate 39 (4 g, 38%) as a pale yellow solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.48-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.65 (br s, 2H), 7.33-7.36 (m, 1H), 4.22 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS: 233 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 15% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 63 Preparation of Cmpd 46

Sodium hydride (603 mg, 15.1 mmol, 1 eq, 60% in mineral oil) was added to a solution of Intermediate 39 (3.5 g, 15.1 mmol) in DMF (300 mL) at 0° C. After 30 minutes, a solution of 4-fluorobenzyl bromide (2.85 g, 15.1 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (5×50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-5% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford a partially pure product. The material was then recrystallized from Et₂O and pentane to afford Cmpd 46 (2.8 g, 55%) as a pale yellow solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.50 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.45-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.11 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.88 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS: 341 [M+H]⁺; MP: 99-100° C.; TLC: 15% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 64 Preparation of Cmpd 47

Potassium hydroxide (922 mg, 16.5 mmol) was added to a solution of Cmpd 46 (2.8 g, 8.23 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and MeOH (10 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 70° C. and allowed to stir for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then neutralized with aqueous HCl (2/V) and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water (50 mL) and dried thoroughly to afford Cmpd 47 (2.1 g, 84%) as an off-white solid. MS: 313 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 65 Preparation of Cmpd 48 [General Procedure 20]

General Procedure 20 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 48.

N,O-Dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (979 mg, 10.1 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added to a mixture of EDCI (2.0 g, 10.1 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOBt (3.1 g, 21.2 mmol, 3.2 eq), DIEA (3.5 mL, 20.2 mmol, 3 eq) and Cmpd 47 (2.1 g, 6.73 mmol) in DMF (30 mL). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. The mixture was then diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 48 (1.5 g, 65%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.29 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.98-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.54 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H); MS: 356 [M+H]⁺; MP: 88-99° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 66 Preparation of Cmpd 49

General Procedure 20 was followed to afford Cmpd 49 (31 mg, 32%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.23 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.50 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.57-2.89 (m, 6H); MS: 340 [M+H]⁺; MP: 107-109° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 67 Preparation of Intermediate 40

Lithium aluminum hydride (642 mg, 16.9 mmol) was added to a solution of Cmpd 48 (1.5 g, 4.22 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at −40° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and stir for 5 h. The mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-10% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 40 (1 g, 80%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.09 (s, 1H), 9.53 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H), 4.96 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); MS: 297 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 20% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 68 Preparation of Intermediate 41

Triethylamine (4.6 mL, 33.7 mmol, 10 eq), DMAP (410 mg, 3.36 mmol, 1 eq) and (BOC)₂O (5 mL, 20.5 mmol, 6.1 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 40 (1 g, 3.36 mmol) in THF (3 mL). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. The mixture was then diluted with water (75 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×75 mL), brine (75 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-15% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 41 (1 g, 76%) as a pale yellow liquid. MS: 397 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 69 Preparation of Intermediate 42

Ethyl magnesium chloride (0.75 mL, 1.5 mmol, 3 eq, 2M in THF) was added to a solution of Intermediate 41 (200 mg, 0.50 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. The resulting mixture was warmed to 0° C. and allowed to stir for 4 h. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 42 (140 mg, 65%) as a yellow solid. MS: 427 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 70 Preparation of Intermediate 43

Manganese dioxide (245 mg, 2.81 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 42 (120 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 48 h. The mixture was then filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Intermediate 43 (90 mg, 75%). MS: 425 [M+H]⁺; TLC: 40% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 71 Preparation of Cmpd 50

Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added to a solution of Intermediate 43 (90 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-20% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 50 (50 mg, 73%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.40-9.43 (m, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.14 (m, 4H), 4.72 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.00 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); MS: 325 [M+H]⁺; MP: 108-110° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 72 General Scheme XII

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme XII following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1, and the term “X” refers to halogen, e.g., Cl, Br.

Example 73 Preparation of Intermediate 44

Lithium hexamethyldisilazide (24.8 mL, 24.8 mmol, 1 eq, 1M in THF) was diluted with anhydrous Et₂O (100 mL) and cooled to −78° C. under an argon atmosphere. After 15 min, 2-acetylpyridine (3 g, 24.8 mmol) in Et₂O (20 mL) was added to the cold mixture. After 30 min at −78° C., diethyl oxalate (3.61 g, 24.8 mmol, 1 eq) in Et₂O (25 mL) was added in a single portion and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 20 h. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford Intermediate 44 (4 g, 74%) as the lithium salt. MS: 222 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.10.

Example 74 Preparation of Intermediate 45

Hydrazine hydrate (602 mg, 13.3 mmol, 15 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 44 (200 mg, 0.90 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 100° C. and allowed to stir for 12 h. The reaction mixture was then neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×10 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was washed with pentane (2×10 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford Intermediate 45 (120 mg, 66%) as a viscous liquid. MS: 218 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 75 Preparation of Cmpd 51

Anhydrous K₂CO₃ (1.27 g, 9.21 mmol, 2.5 eq) and 4-fluorophenethyl bromide (1 g, 4.61 mmol, 1.25 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 45 (744 mg, 3.68 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 8 h. The mixture was then diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×15 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-10% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 51 (700 mg, 58%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.61 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.78 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS: 340 [M+H]⁺; MP: 94-95° C.; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.40.

Example 76 Preparation of Cmpd 52 [General Procedure 21]

General Procedure 21 was followed in the preparation of Cmpd 52.

To a solution of Cmpd 51 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (185 mg, 4.42 mmol, 5 eq) in water (3 mL) and MeOH (3 mL). The mixture was heated to 50° C. and allowed to stir for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then neutralized with aqueous HCl (2/V) and the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water (20 mL) and dried thoroughly to afford Cmpd 52 (220 mg, 83%) as a pale pink solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.74 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.29-8.33 (m, 2H), 7.72 (br s, 2H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.84 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H); MS: 312 [M+H]⁺; MP: 256-258° C.; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.10.

Example 77 Preparation of Cmpd 53

General Procedure 20 was followed to afford Cmpd 53 (190 mg, 55%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.60 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.88 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.21 (m, 5H), 4.67 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H); MS: 355 [M+H]⁺; MP: 110-111° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 78 Preparation of Cmpd 54

General Procedure 20 was followed to afford Cmpd 54 (25 mg, 21%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.57 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.14 (m, 4H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.56 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (br s, 2H), 3.25 (br s, 2H), 3.10 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.41-1.58 (m, 6H); MS: 379 [M+H]⁺; MP: 88-90° C.; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 79 Preparation of Intermediate 46

Lithium aluminum hydride (11 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added to a solution of Cmpd 53 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at −40° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to slowly warm to 0° C. and stir for 2 h. The mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was washed with pentane (2×5 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford Intermediate 46 (65 mg, 79%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.82 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.75-4.78 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.14 (m, 2H); TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 80 Preparation of Cmpd 55

Ethyl magnesium chloride (0.33 mL, 0.66 mmol, 3 eq, 2M in THF) was added to a solution of Intermediate 46 (65 mg, 0.22 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at −78° C. The resulting mixture was warmed to 0° C. and allowed to stir for 4 h. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer washed with water (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 55 (60 mg, 84%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.55 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 5.31 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.39 (m, 3H), 3.14-3.16 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.69 (m, 2H), 0.81 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 326 [M+H]⁺; MP: 91-96° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.20.

Example 81 Preparation of Cmpd 56

Manganese dioxide (83 mg, 0.96 mmol, 3 eq) was added to a solution of Cmpd 55 (100 mg, 0.32 mmol) in THF (4 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 14 h. The mixture was then filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 56 (22 mg, 21%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.61 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.21 (m, 4H), 4.74 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.03 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS: 324 [M+H]⁺; MP: 129-130° C.; TLC: 50% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.50.

Example 82 General Scheme XIII

A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme XII following, wherein the terms “Ar,” “R¹” and “R²” are as defined in Example 1.

Example 83 Preparation of Cmpd 57

[2-(4-Fluorophenyl)-ethyl]-hydrazine (348 mg, 2.26 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a solution of Intermediate 44 (500 mg, 2.26 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 12 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered through Celite to remove any residual inorganic material. The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×10 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient of 0-15% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Cmpd 57 (400 mg, 52%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.72-8.73 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.15 (m, 4H), 4.91 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.3 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS: 340 [M+H]⁺; MP: 91-92° C.; TLC: 30% EtOAc in hexane: R_(f): 0.30.

Example 84 Preparation of Cmpd 58

General Procedure 21 was followed to afford Cmpd 58 (230 mg, 84%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.84 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.22 (m, 5H), 4.88 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H); MS: 312 [M+H]⁺; MP: 132-134° C.; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.10.

Example 85 Preparation of Cmpd 59

General Procedure 20 was followed to afford Cmpd 59 (25 mg, 21%). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.69 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 1H), 6.95-7.06 (m, 5H), 4.86 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.54-3.95 (m, 4H), 3.01 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.42-1.60 (m, 6H); MS: 379 [M+H]⁺; TLC: EtOAc: R_(f): 0.50.

The contents of all references, patents, and published applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety and for all purposes.

While the invention has been described in detail with reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood that modifications and variations are within the spirit and scope of that which is described and claimed. 

What is claimed is:
 1. A method for treating and/or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject, comprising administering a compound to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat or prevent said disease or disorder, wherein the compound has the following formula:

or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof; wherein ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, or substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl; L¹, L² and L³ are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; L⁴ is absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; R¹, R² and R³ are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R⁴ is absent, hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, provided that when L⁴ is absent, then R⁴ is absent; and R⁵ is independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein L¹ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; L² is a bond; L³ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; L⁴ is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —O—, —NHSO₂—, or —NR⁵—; R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, P, Si, and S, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl has a substituent group selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, oxo, halogen, —COOH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R² is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted fused ring aryl, or substituted heteroaryl has a substituent group selected from the group consisting of oxo, —OH, —NH₂, —SH, —CN, —CF₃, —NO₂, halogen, —COOH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl; R³ is substituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and R⁵ is independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
 3. The method according to claim 1, wherein said disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder and/or involves a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
 4. The method according to claim 3, wherein said thrombotic disorder comprises acute coronary syndrome, thromboembolism, and/or thrombosis.
 5. The method according to claim 4, wherein the thromboembolism comprises venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism, and/or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
 6. The method according to claim 5, wherein the venous thromboembolism comprises deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism.
 7. The method according to claim 6, wherein the deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism occurs following a medical procedure.
 8. The method according to claim 3, wherein said thrombotic disorder involves dysfunctional coagulation or disseminated intravascular coagulation.
 9. The method according to claim 8, wherein the subject is undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI).
 10. The method according to claim 3, wherein said thrombotic disease or disorder involves a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and further involves stroke and/or one or more transient ischemic attacks (TIA).
 11. The method according to claim 10, wherein said thrombotic disease or disorder involving a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus further involves stroke and wherein the subject has non-valvular atrial fibrillation.
 12. The method according to claim 3, wherein said thrombotic disease or disorder involves a blood clot thrombus or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus and further involves pulmonary hypertension.
 13. The method according to claim 12, wherein the pulmonary hypertension is caused by one or more left heart disorder and/or chronic thromboembolic disease.
 14. The method according to claim 12, wherein the pulmonary hypertension is associated with one or more lung disease, including pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic or otherwise), and/or hypoxia.
 15. The method according to claim 1, wherein said disease or disorder comprises fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, cancer, inflammation, and/or Type I diabetes mellitus.
 16. The method according to claim 1, wherein the disease or disorder involves recurrent cardiac events after myocardial infarction.
 17. The method according to claim 5, wherein the venous thromboembolism is associated with formation of a thrombus within a vein associated with one or more acquired or inherited risk factors and/or embolism of peripheral veins caused by a detached thrombus.
 18. The method according to claim 17, wherein the one or more risk factors comprise a previous venous thromboembolism.
 19. The method according to claim 5, wherein the cardiogenic thromboembolism is due to formation of a thrombus in the heart associated with cardiac arrhythmia, heart valve defect, prosthetic heart valves or heart disease, and/or embolism of peripheral arteries caused by a detached thrombus.
 20. The method according to claim 19, wherein the detached thrombus is in the brain (ischemic stroke).
 21. The method according to claim 20, wherein the detached thrombus causes a transient ischemic attack (TIA).
 22. The method according to claim 19, wherein the cardiogenic thromboembolism is due to non-valvular atrial fibrillation.
 23. The method according to claim 4, wherein the thrombosis is arterial thrombosis.
 24. The method according to claim 23, wherein the arterial thrombosis is due to one or more underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries.
 25. The method according to claim 24, wherein the one or more underlying atherosclerotic processes in the arteries obstruct or occlude an artery, cause myocardial ischemia (angina pectoris, acute coronary syndrome), cause myocardial infarction, obstruct or occlude a peripheral artery (ischemic peripheral artery disease), and/or obstruct or occlude the artery after a procedure on a blood vessel (reocclusion or restenosis after transluminal coronary angioplasty, reocclusion or restenosis after percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of peripheral arteries).
 26. The method according to claim 1, wherein the treatment or prevention comprises an adjunct therapy.
 27. The method according to claim 26, wherein the subject has myocardial infarction, and the adjunct therapy is in conjunction with thrombolytic therapy.
 28. The method according to claim 26, wherein the subject has unstable angina pectoris, thrombosis, and/or heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, and the adjunct therapy is in combination with antiplatelet therapy.
 29. The method according to claim 26, wherein the subject has non-valvular atrial fibrillation, and the adjunct therapy is in conjunction with other therapies. 